xref: /openbsd/gnu/usr.bin/perl/lib/perl5db.pl (revision 3d8817e4)
1
2=head1 NAME
3
4perl5db.pl - the perl debugger
5
6=head1 SYNOPSIS
7
8    perl -d  your_Perl_script
9
10=head1 DESCRIPTION
11
12C<perl5db.pl> is the perl debugger. It is loaded automatically by Perl when
13you invoke a script with C<perl -d>. This documentation tries to outline the
14structure and services provided by C<perl5db.pl>, and to describe how you
15can use them.
16
17=head1 GENERAL NOTES
18
19The debugger can look pretty forbidding to many Perl programmers. There are
20a number of reasons for this, many stemming out of the debugger's history.
21
22When the debugger was first written, Perl didn't have a lot of its nicer
23features - no references, no lexical variables, no closures, no object-oriented
24programming. So a lot of the things one would normally have done using such
25features was done using global variables, globs and the C<local()> operator
26in creative ways.
27
28Some of these have survived into the current debugger; a few of the more
29interesting and still-useful idioms are noted in this section, along with notes
30on the comments themselves.
31
32=head2 Why not use more lexicals?
33
34Experienced Perl programmers will note that the debugger code tends to use
35mostly package globals rather than lexically-scoped variables. This is done
36to allow a significant amount of control of the debugger from outside the
37debugger itself.
38
39Unfortunately, though the variables are accessible, they're not well
40documented, so it's generally been a decision that hasn't made a lot of
41difference to most users. Where appropriate, comments have been added to
42make variables more accessible and usable, with the understanding that these
43I<are> debugger internals, and are therefore subject to change. Future
44development should probably attempt to replace the globals with a well-defined
45API, but for now, the variables are what we've got.
46
47=head2 Automated variable stacking via C<local()>
48
49As you may recall from reading C<perlfunc>, the C<local()> operator makes a
50temporary copy of a variable in the current scope. When the scope ends, the
51old copy is restored. This is often used in the debugger to handle the
52automatic stacking of variables during recursive calls:
53
54     sub foo {
55        local $some_global++;
56
57        # Do some stuff, then ...
58        return;
59     }
60
61What happens is that on entry to the subroutine, C<$some_global> is localized,
62then altered. When the subroutine returns, Perl automatically undoes the
63localization, restoring the previous value. Voila, automatic stack management.
64
65The debugger uses this trick a I<lot>. Of particular note is C<DB::eval>,
66which lets the debugger get control inside of C<eval>'ed code. The debugger
67localizes a saved copy of C<$@> inside the subroutine, which allows it to
68keep C<$@> safe until it C<DB::eval> returns, at which point the previous
69value of C<$@> is restored. This makes it simple (well, I<simpler>) to keep
70track of C<$@> inside C<eval>s which C<eval> other C<eval's>.
71
72In any case, watch for this pattern. It occurs fairly often.
73
74=head2 The C<^> trick
75
76This is used to cleverly reverse the sense of a logical test depending on
77the value of an auxiliary variable. For instance, the debugger's C<S>
78(search for subroutines by pattern) allows you to negate the pattern
79like this:
80
81   # Find all non-'foo' subs:
82   S !/foo/
83
84Boolean algebra states that the truth table for XOR looks like this:
85
86=over 4
87
88=item * 0 ^ 0 = 0
89
90(! not present and no match) --> false, don't print
91
92=item * 0 ^ 1 = 1
93
94(! not present and matches) --> true, print
95
96=item * 1 ^ 0 = 1
97
98(! present and no match) --> true, print
99
100=item * 1 ^ 1 = 0
101
102(! present and matches) --> false, don't print
103
104=back
105
106As you can see, the first pair applies when C<!> isn't supplied, and
107the second pair applies when it is. The XOR simply allows us to
108compact a more complicated if-then-elseif-else into a more elegant
109(but perhaps overly clever) single test. After all, it needed this
110explanation...
111
112=head2 FLAGS, FLAGS, FLAGS
113
114There is a certain C programming legacy in the debugger. Some variables,
115such as C<$single>, C<$trace>, and C<$frame>, have I<magical> values composed
116of 1, 2, 4, etc. (powers of 2) OR'ed together. This allows several pieces
117of state to be stored independently in a single scalar.
118
119A test like
120
121    if ($scalar & 4) ...
122
123is checking to see if the appropriate bit is on. Since each bit can be
124"addressed" independently in this way, C<$scalar> is acting sort of like
125an array of bits. Obviously, since the contents of C<$scalar> are just a
126bit-pattern, we can save and restore it easily (it will just look like
127a number).
128
129The problem, is of course, that this tends to leave magic numbers scattered
130all over your program whenever a bit is set, cleared, or checked. So why do
131it?
132
133=over 4
134
135=item *
136
137First, doing an arithmetical or bitwise operation on a scalar is
138just about the fastest thing you can do in Perl: C<use constant> actually
139creates a subroutine call, and array and hash lookups are much slower. Is
140this over-optimization at the expense of readability? Possibly, but the
141debugger accesses these  variables a I<lot>. Any rewrite of the code will
142probably have to benchmark alternate implementations and see which is the
143best balance of readability and speed, and then document how it actually
144works.
145
146=item *
147
148Second, it's very easy to serialize a scalar number. This is done in
149the restart code; the debugger state variables are saved in C<%ENV> and then
150restored when the debugger is restarted. Having them be just numbers makes
151this trivial.
152
153=item *
154
155Third, some of these variables are being shared with the Perl core
156smack in the middle of the interpreter's execution loop. It's much faster for
157a C program (like the interpreter) to check a bit in a scalar than to access
158several different variables (or a Perl array).
159
160=back
161
162=head2 What are those C<XXX> comments for?
163
164Any comment containing C<XXX> means that the comment is either somewhat
165speculative - it's not exactly clear what a given variable or chunk of
166code is doing, or that it is incomplete - the basics may be clear, but the
167subtleties are not completely documented.
168
169Send in a patch if you can clear up, fill out, or clarify an C<XXX>.
170
171=head1 DATA STRUCTURES MAINTAINED BY CORE
172
173There are a number of special data structures provided to the debugger by
174the Perl interpreter.
175
176The array C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> (aliased locally to C<@dbline> via glob
177assignment) contains the text from C<$filename>, with each element
178corresponding to a single line of C<$filename>.
179
180The hash C<%{'_<'.$filename}> (aliased locally to C<%dbline> via glob
181assignment) contains breakpoints and actions.  The keys are line numbers;
182you can set individual values, but not the whole hash. The Perl interpreter
183uses this hash to determine where breakpoints have been set. Any true value is
184considered to be a breakpoint; C<perl5db.pl> uses C<$break_condition\0$action>.
185Values are magical in numeric context: 1 if the line is breakable, 0 if not.
186
187The scalar C<${"_<$filename"}> simply contains the string C<_<$filename>.
188This is also the case for evaluated strings that contain subroutines, or
189which are currently being executed.  The $filename for C<eval>ed strings looks
190like C<(eval 34)> or C<(re_eval 19)>.
191
192=head1 DEBUGGER STARTUP
193
194When C<perl5db.pl> starts, it reads an rcfile (C<perl5db.ini> for
195non-interactive sessions, C<.perldb> for interactive ones) that can set a number
196of options. In addition, this file may define a subroutine C<&afterinit>
197that will be executed (in the debugger's context) after the debugger has
198initialized itself.
199
200Next, it checks the C<PERLDB_OPTS> environment variable and treats its
201contents as the argument of a C<o> command in the debugger.
202
203=head2 STARTUP-ONLY OPTIONS
204
205The following options can only be specified at startup.
206To set them in your rcfile, add a call to
207C<&parse_options("optionName=new_value")>.
208
209=over 4
210
211=item * TTY
212
213the TTY to use for debugging i/o.
214
215=item * noTTY
216
217if set, goes in NonStop mode.  On interrupt, if TTY is not set,
218uses the value of noTTY or F<$HOME/.perldbtty$$> to find TTY using
219Term::Rendezvous.  Current variant is to have the name of TTY in this
220file.
221
222=item * ReadLine
223
224if false, a dummy ReadLine is used, so you can debug
225ReadLine applications.
226
227=item * NonStop
228
229if true, no i/o is performed until interrupt.
230
231=item * LineInfo
232
233file or pipe to print line number info to.  If it is a
234pipe, a short "emacs like" message is used.
235
236=item * RemotePort
237
238host:port to connect to on remote host for remote debugging.
239
240=item * HistFile
241
242file to store session history to. There is no default and so no
243history file is written unless this variable is explicitly set.
244
245=item * HistSize
246
247number of commands to store to the file specified in C<HistFile>.
248Default is 100.
249
250=back
251
252=head3 SAMPLE RCFILE
253
254 &parse_options("NonStop=1 LineInfo=db.out");
255  sub afterinit { $trace = 1; }
256
257The script will run without human intervention, putting trace
258information into C<db.out>.  (If you interrupt it, you had better
259reset C<LineInfo> to something I<interactive>!)
260
261=head1 INTERNALS DESCRIPTION
262
263=head2 DEBUGGER INTERFACE VARIABLES
264
265Perl supplies the values for C<%sub>.  It effectively inserts
266a C<&DB::DB();> in front of each place that can have a
267breakpoint. At each subroutine call, it calls C<&DB::sub> with
268C<$DB::sub> set to the called subroutine. It also inserts a C<BEGIN
269{require 'perl5db.pl'}> before the first line.
270
271After each C<require>d file is compiled, but before it is executed, a
272call to C<&DB::postponed($main::{'_<'.$filename})> is done. C<$filename>
273is the expanded name of the C<require>d file (as found via C<%INC>).
274
275=head3 IMPORTANT INTERNAL VARIABLES
276
277=head4 C<$CreateTTY>
278
279Used to control when the debugger will attempt to acquire another TTY to be
280used for input.
281
282=over
283
284=item * 1 -  on C<fork()>
285
286=item * 2 - debugger is started inside debugger
287
288=item * 4 -  on startup
289
290=back
291
292=head4 C<$doret>
293
294The value -2 indicates that no return value should be printed.
295Any other positive value causes C<DB::sub> to print return values.
296
297=head4 C<$evalarg>
298
299The item to be eval'ed by C<DB::eval>. Used to prevent messing with the current
300contents of C<@_> when C<DB::eval> is called.
301
302=head4 C<$frame>
303
304Determines what messages (if any) will get printed when a subroutine (or eval)
305is entered or exited.
306
307=over 4
308
309=item * 0 -  No enter/exit messages
310
311=item * 1 - Print I<entering> messages on subroutine entry
312
313=item * 2 - Adds exit messages on subroutine exit. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+2.
314
315=item * 4 - Extended messages: C<< <in|out> I<context>=I<fully-qualified sub name> from I<file>:I<line> >>. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+4.
316
317=item * 8 - Adds parameter information to messages, and overloaded stringify and tied FETCH is enabled on the printed arguments. Ignored if C<4> is not on.
318
319=item * 16 - Adds C<I<context> return from I<subname>: I<value>> messages on subroutine/eval exit. Ignored if C<4> is is not on.
320
321=back
322
323To get everything, use C<$frame=30> (or C<o f=30> as a debugger command).
324The debugger internally juggles the value of C<$frame> during execution to
325protect external modules that the debugger uses from getting traced.
326
327=head4 C<$level>
328
329Tracks current debugger nesting level. Used to figure out how many
330C<E<lt>E<gt>> pairs to surround the line number with when the debugger
331outputs a prompt. Also used to help determine if the program has finished
332during command parsing.
333
334=head4 C<$onetimeDump>
335
336Controls what (if anything) C<DB::eval()> will print after evaluating an
337expression.
338
339=over 4
340
341=item * C<undef> - don't print anything
342
343=item * C<dump> - use C<dumpvar.pl> to display the value returned
344
345=item * C<methods> - print the methods callable on the first item returned
346
347=back
348
349=head4 C<$onetimeDumpDepth>
350
351Controls how far down C<dumpvar.pl> will go before printing C<...> while
352dumping a structure. Numeric. If C<undef>, print all levels.
353
354=head4 C<$signal>
355
356Used to track whether or not an C<INT> signal has been detected. C<DB::DB()>,
357which is called before every statement, checks this and puts the user into
358command mode if it finds C<$signal> set to a true value.
359
360=head4 C<$single>
361
362Controls behavior during single-stepping. Stacked in C<@stack> on entry to
363each subroutine; popped again at the end of each subroutine.
364
365=over 4
366
367=item * 0 - run continuously.
368
369=item * 1 - single-step, go into subs. The C<s> command.
370
371=item * 2 - single-step, don't go into subs. The C<n> command.
372
373=item * 4 - print current sub depth (turned on to force this when C<too much
374recursion> occurs.
375
376=back
377
378=head4 C<$trace>
379
380Controls the output of trace information.
381
382=over 4
383
384=item * 1 - The C<t> command was entered to turn on tracing (every line executed is printed)
385
386=item * 2 - watch expressions are active
387
388=item * 4 - user defined a C<watchfunction()> in C<afterinit()>
389
390=back
391
392=head4 C<$slave_editor>
393
3941 if C<LINEINFO> was directed to a pipe; 0 otherwise.
395
396=head4 C<@cmdfhs>
397
398Stack of filehandles that C<DB::readline()> will read commands from.
399Manipulated by the debugger's C<source> command and C<DB::readline()> itself.
400
401=head4 C<@dbline>
402
403Local alias to the magical line array, C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> ,
404supplied by the Perl interpreter to the debugger. Contains the source.
405
406=head4 C<@old_watch>
407
408Previous values of watch expressions. First set when the expression is
409entered; reset whenever the watch expression changes.
410
411=head4 C<@saved>
412
413Saves important globals (C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W>)
414so that the debugger can substitute safe values while it's running, and
415restore them when it returns control.
416
417=head4 C<@stack>
418
419Saves the current value of C<$single> on entry to a subroutine.
420Manipulated by the C<c> command to turn off tracing in all subs above the
421current one.
422
423=head4 C<@to_watch>
424
425The 'watch' expressions: to be evaluated before each line is executed.
426
427=head4 C<@typeahead>
428
429The typeahead buffer, used by C<DB::readline>.
430
431=head4 C<%alias>
432
433Command aliases. Stored as character strings to be substituted for a command
434entered.
435
436=head4 C<%break_on_load>
437
438Keys are file names, values are 1 (break when this file is loaded) or undef
439(don't break when it is loaded).
440
441=head4 C<%dbline>
442
443Keys are line numbers, values are C<condition\0action>. If used in numeric
444context, values are 0 if not breakable, 1 if breakable, no matter what is
445in the actual hash entry.
446
447=head4 C<%had_breakpoints>
448
449Keys are file names; values are bitfields:
450
451=over 4
452
453=item * 1 - file has a breakpoint in it.
454
455=item * 2 - file has an action in it.
456
457=back
458
459A zero or undefined value means this file has neither.
460
461=head4 C<%option>
462
463Stores the debugger options. These are character string values.
464
465=head4 C<%postponed>
466
467Saves breakpoints for code that hasn't been compiled yet.
468Keys are subroutine names, values are:
469
470=over 4
471
472=item * C<compile> - break when this sub is compiled
473
474=item * C<< break +0 if <condition> >> - break (conditionally) at the start of this routine. The condition will be '1' if no condition was specified.
475
476=back
477
478=head4 C<%postponed_file>
479
480This hash keeps track of breakpoints that need to be set for files that have
481not yet been compiled. Keys are filenames; values are references to hashes.
482Each of these hashes is keyed by line number, and its values are breakpoint
483definitions (C<condition\0action>).
484
485=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
486
487The debugger's initialization actually jumps all over the place inside this
488package. This is because there are several BEGIN blocks (which of course
489execute immediately) spread through the code. Why is that?
490
491The debugger needs to be able to change some things and set some things up
492before the debugger code is compiled; most notably, the C<$deep> variable that
493C<DB::sub> uses to tell when a program has recursed deeply. In addition, the
494debugger has to turn off warnings while the debugger code is compiled, but then
495restore them to their original setting before the program being debugged begins
496executing.
497
498The first C<BEGIN> block simply turns off warnings by saving the current
499setting of C<$^W> and then setting it to zero. The second one initializes
500the debugger variables that are needed before the debugger begins executing.
501The third one puts C<$^X> back to its former value.
502
503We'll detail the second C<BEGIN> block later; just remember that if you need
504to initialize something before the debugger starts really executing, that's
505where it has to go.
506
507=cut
508
509package DB;
510
511BEGIN {eval 'use IO::Handle'};	# Needed for flush only? breaks under miniperl
512
513# Debugger for Perl 5.00x; perl5db.pl patch level:
514$VERSION = '1.33';
515
516$header = "perl5db.pl version $VERSION";
517
518=head1 DEBUGGER ROUTINES
519
520=head2 C<DB::eval()>
521
522This function replaces straight C<eval()> inside the debugger; it simplifies
523the process of evaluating code in the user's context.
524
525The code to be evaluated is passed via the package global variable
526C<$DB::evalarg>; this is done to avoid fiddling with the contents of C<@_>.
527
528Before we do the C<eval()>, we preserve the current settings of C<$trace>,
529C<$single>, C<$^D> and C<$usercontext>.  The latter contains the
530preserved values of C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W> and the
531user's current package, grabbed when C<DB::DB> got control.  This causes the
532proper context to be used when the eval is actually done.  Afterward, we
533restore C<$trace>, C<$single>, and C<$^D>.
534
535Next we need to handle C<$@> without getting confused. We save C<$@> in a
536local lexical, localize C<$saved[0]> (which is where C<save()> will put
537C<$@>), and then call C<save()> to capture C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>,
538C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>) and set C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W> to values
539considered sane by the debugger. If there was an C<eval()> error, we print
540it on the debugger's output. If C<$onetimedump> is defined, we call
541C<dumpit> if it's set to 'dump', or C<methods> if it's set to
542'methods'. Setting it to something else causes the debugger to do the eval
543but not print the result - handy if you want to do something else with it
544(the "watch expressions" code does this to get the value of the watch
545expression but not show it unless it matters).
546
547In any case, we then return the list of output from C<eval> to the caller,
548and unwinding restores the former version of C<$@> in C<@saved> as well
549(the localization of C<$saved[0]> goes away at the end of this scope).
550
551=head3 Parameters and variables influencing execution of DB::eval()
552
553C<DB::eval> isn't parameterized in the standard way; this is to keep the
554debugger's calls to C<DB::eval()> from mucking with C<@_>, among other things.
555The variables listed below influence C<DB::eval()>'s execution directly.
556
557=over 4
558
559=item C<$evalarg> - the thing to actually be eval'ed
560
561=item C<$trace> - Current state of execution tracing
562
563=item C<$single> - Current state of single-stepping
564
565=item C<$onetimeDump> - what is to be displayed after the evaluation
566
567=item C<$onetimeDumpDepth> - how deep C<dumpit()> should go when dumping results
568
569=back
570
571The following variables are altered by C<DB::eval()> during its execution. They
572are "stacked" via C<local()>, enabling recursive calls to C<DB::eval()>.
573
574=over 4
575
576=item C<@res> - used to capture output from actual C<eval>.
577
578=item C<$otrace> - saved value of C<$trace>.
579
580=item C<$osingle> - saved value of C<$single>.
581
582=item C<$od> - saved value of C<$^D>.
583
584=item C<$saved[0]> - saved value of C<$@>.
585
586=item $\ - for output of C<$@> if there is an evaluation error.
587
588=back
589
590=head3 The problem of lexicals
591
592The context of C<DB::eval()> presents us with some problems. Obviously,
593we want to be 'sandboxed' away from the debugger's internals when we do
594the eval, but we need some way to control how punctuation variables and
595debugger globals are used.
596
597We can't use local, because the code inside C<DB::eval> can see localized
598variables; and we can't use C<my> either for the same reason. The code
599in this routine compromises and uses C<my>.
600
601After this routine is over, we don't have user code executing in the debugger's
602context, so we can use C<my> freely.
603
604=cut
605
606############################################## Begin lexical danger zone
607
608# 'my' variables used here could leak into (that is, be visible in)
609# the context that the code being evaluated is executing in. This means that
610# the code could modify the debugger's variables.
611#
612# Fiddling with the debugger's context could be Bad. We insulate things as
613# much as we can.
614
615sub eval {
616
617    # 'my' would make it visible from user code
618    #    but so does local! --tchrist
619    # Remember: this localizes @DB::res, not @main::res.
620    local @res;
621    {
622
623        # Try to keep the user code from messing  with us. Save these so that
624        # even if the eval'ed code changes them, we can put them back again.
625        # Needed because the user could refer directly to the debugger's
626        # package globals (and any 'my' variables in this containing scope)
627        # inside the eval(), and we want to try to stay safe.
628        local $otrace  = $trace;
629        local $osingle = $single;
630        local $od      = $^D;
631
632        # Untaint the incoming eval() argument.
633        { ($evalarg) = $evalarg =~ /(.*)/s; }
634
635        # $usercontext built in DB::DB near the comment
636        # "set up the context for DB::eval ..."
637        # Evaluate and save any results.
638        @res = eval "$usercontext $evalarg;\n";  # '\n' for nice recursive debug
639
640        # Restore those old values.
641        $trace  = $otrace;
642        $single = $osingle;
643        $^D     = $od;
644    }
645
646    # Save the current value of $@, and preserve it in the debugger's copy
647    # of the saved precious globals.
648    my $at = $@;
649
650    # Since we're only saving $@, we only have to localize the array element
651    # that it will be stored in.
652    local $saved[0];    # Preserve the old value of $@
653    eval { &DB::save };
654
655    # Now see whether we need to report an error back to the user.
656    if ($at) {
657        local $\ = '';
658        print $OUT $at;
659    }
660
661    # Display as required by the caller. $onetimeDump and $onetimedumpDepth
662    # are package globals.
663    elsif ($onetimeDump) {
664        if ( $onetimeDump eq 'dump' ) {
665            local $option{dumpDepth} = $onetimedumpDepth
666              if defined $onetimedumpDepth;
667            dumpit( $OUT, \@res );
668        }
669        elsif ( $onetimeDump eq 'methods' ) {
670            methods( $res[0] );
671        }
672    } ## end elsif ($onetimeDump)
673    @res;
674} ## end sub eval
675
676############################################## End lexical danger zone
677
678# After this point it is safe to introduce lexicals.
679# The code being debugged will be executing in its own context, and
680# can't see the inside of the debugger.
681#
682# However, one should not overdo it: leave as much control from outside as
683# possible. If you make something a lexical, it's not going to be addressable
684# from outside the debugger even if you know its name.
685
686# This file is automatically included if you do perl -d.
687# It's probably not useful to include this yourself.
688#
689# Before venturing further into these twisty passages, it is
690# wise to read the perldebguts man page or risk the ire of dragons.
691#
692# (It should be noted that perldebguts will tell you a lot about
693# the underlying mechanics of how the debugger interfaces into the
694# Perl interpreter, but not a lot about the debugger itself. The new
695# comments in this code try to address this problem.)
696
697# Note that no subroutine call is possible until &DB::sub is defined
698# (for subroutines defined outside of the package DB). In fact the same is
699# true if $deep is not defined.
700
701# Enhanced by ilya@math.ohio-state.edu (Ilya Zakharevich)
702
703# modified Perl debugger, to be run from Emacs in perldb-mode
704# Ray Lischner (uunet!mntgfx!lisch) as of 5 Nov 1990
705# Johan Vromans -- upgrade to 4.0 pl 10
706# Ilya Zakharevich -- patches after 5.001 (and some before ;-)
707
708# (We have made efforts to  clarify the comments in the change log
709# in other places; some of them may seem somewhat obscure as they
710# were originally written, and explaining them away from the code
711# in question seems conterproductive.. -JM)
712
713########################################################################
714# Changes: 0.94
715#   + A lot of things changed after 0.94. First of all, core now informs
716#     debugger about entry into XSUBs, overloaded operators, tied operations,
717#     BEGIN and END. Handy with `O f=2'.
718#   + This can make debugger a little bit too verbose, please be patient
719#     and report your problems promptly.
720#   + Now the option frame has 3 values: 0,1,2. XXX Document!
721#   + Note that if DESTROY returns a reference to the object (or object),
722#     the deletion of data may be postponed until the next function call,
723#     due to the need to examine the return value.
724#
725# Changes: 0.95
726#   + `v' command shows versions.
727#
728# Changes: 0.96
729#   + `v' command shows version of readline.
730#     primitive completion works (dynamic variables, subs for `b' and `l',
731#     options). Can `p %var'
732#   + Better help (`h <' now works). New commands <<, >>, {, {{.
733#     {dump|print}_trace() coded (to be able to do it from <<cmd).
734#   + `c sub' documented.
735#   + At last enough magic combined to stop after the end of debuggee.
736#   + !! should work now (thanks to Emacs bracket matching an extra
737#     `]' in a regexp is caught).
738#   + `L', `D' and `A' span files now (as documented).
739#   + Breakpoints in `require'd code are possible (used in `R').
740#   +  Some additional words on internal work of debugger.
741#   + `b load filename' implemented.
742#   + `b postpone subr' implemented.
743#   + now only `q' exits debugger (overwritable on $inhibit_exit).
744#   + When restarting debugger breakpoints/actions persist.
745#   + Buglet: When restarting debugger only one breakpoint/action per
746#             autoloaded function persists.
747#
748# Changes: 0.97: NonStop will not stop in at_exit().
749#   + Option AutoTrace implemented.
750#   + Trace printed differently if frames are printed too.
751#   + new `inhibitExit' option.
752#   + printing of a very long statement interruptible.
753# Changes: 0.98: New command `m' for printing possible methods
754#   + 'l -' is a synonym for `-'.
755#   + Cosmetic bugs in printing stack trace.
756#   +  `frame' & 8 to print "expanded args" in stack trace.
757#   + Can list/break in imported subs.
758#   + new `maxTraceLen' option.
759#   + frame & 4 and frame & 8 granted.
760#   + new command `m'
761#   + nonstoppable lines do not have `:' near the line number.
762#   + `b compile subname' implemented.
763#   + Will not use $` any more.
764#   + `-' behaves sane now.
765# Changes: 0.99: Completion for `f', `m'.
766#   +  `m' will remove duplicate names instead of duplicate functions.
767#   + `b load' strips trailing whitespace.
768#     completion ignores leading `|'; takes into account current package
769#     when completing a subroutine name (same for `l').
770# Changes: 1.07: Many fixed by tchrist 13-March-2000
771#   BUG FIXES:
772#   + Added bare minimal security checks on perldb rc files, plus
773#     comments on what else is needed.
774#   + Fixed the ornaments that made "|h" completely unusable.
775#     They are not used in print_help if they will hurt.  Strip pod
776#     if we're paging to less.
777#   + Fixed mis-formatting of help messages caused by ornaments
778#     to restore Larry's original formatting.
779#   + Fixed many other formatting errors.  The code is still suboptimal,
780#     and needs a lot of work at restructuring.  It's also misindented
781#     in many places.
782#   + Fixed bug where trying to look at an option like your pager
783#     shows "1".
784#   + Fixed some $? processing.  Note: if you use csh or tcsh, you will
785#     lose.  You should consider shell escapes not using their shell,
786#     or else not caring about detailed status.  This should really be
787#     unified into one place, too.
788#   + Fixed bug where invisible trailing whitespace on commands hoses you,
789#     tricking Perl into thinking you weren't calling a debugger command!
790#   + Fixed bug where leading whitespace on commands hoses you.  (One
791#     suggests a leading semicolon or any other irrelevant non-whitespace
792#     to indicate literal Perl code.)
793#   + Fixed bugs that ate warnings due to wrong selected handle.
794#   + Fixed a precedence bug on signal stuff.
795#   + Fixed some unseemly wording.
796#   + Fixed bug in help command trying to call perl method code.
797#   + Fixed to call dumpvar from exception handler.  SIGPIPE killed us.
798#   ENHANCEMENTS:
799#   + Added some comments.  This code is still nasty spaghetti.
800#   + Added message if you clear your pre/post command stacks which was
801#     very easy to do if you just typed a bare >, <, or {.  (A command
802#     without an argument should *never* be a destructive action; this
803#     API is fundamentally screwed up; likewise option setting, which
804#     is equally buggered.)
805#   + Added command stack dump on argument of "?" for >, <, or {.
806#   + Added a semi-built-in doc viewer command that calls man with the
807#     proper %Config::Config path (and thus gets caching, man -k, etc),
808#     or else perldoc on obstreperous platforms.
809#   + Added to and rearranged the help information.
810#   + Detected apparent misuse of { ... } to declare a block; this used
811#     to work but now is a command, and mysteriously gave no complaint.
812#
813# Changes: 1.08: Apr 25, 2001  Jon Eveland <jweveland@yahoo.com>
814#   BUG FIX:
815#   + This patch to perl5db.pl cleans up formatting issues on the help
816#     summary (h h) screen in the debugger.  Mostly columnar alignment
817#     issues, plus converted the printed text to use all spaces, since
818#     tabs don't seem to help much here.
819#
820# Changes: 1.09: May 19, 2001  Ilya Zakharevich <ilya@math.ohio-state.edu>
821#   Minor bugs corrected;
822#   + Support for auto-creation of new TTY window on startup, either
823#     unconditionally, or if started as a kid of another debugger session;
824#   + New `O'ption CreateTTY
825#       I<CreateTTY>      bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
826#                         1: on fork()
827#                         2: debugger is started inside debugger
828#                         4: on startup
829#   + Code to auto-create a new TTY window on OS/2 (currently one
830#     extra window per session - need named pipes to have more...);
831#   + Simplified interface for custom createTTY functions (with a backward
832#     compatibility hack); now returns the TTY name to use; return of ''
833#     means that the function reset the I/O handles itself;
834#   + Better message on the semantic of custom createTTY function;
835#   + Convert the existing code to create a TTY into a custom createTTY
836#     function;
837#   + Consistent support for TTY names of the form "TTYin,TTYout";
838#   + Switch line-tracing output too to the created TTY window;
839#   + make `b fork' DWIM with CORE::GLOBAL::fork;
840#   + High-level debugger API cmd_*():
841#      cmd_b_load($filenamepart)            # b load filenamepart
842#      cmd_b_line($lineno [, $cond])        # b lineno [cond]
843#      cmd_b_sub($sub [, $cond])            # b sub [cond]
844#      cmd_stop()                           # Control-C
845#      cmd_d($lineno)                       # d lineno (B)
846#      The cmd_*() API returns FALSE on failure; in this case it outputs
847#      the error message to the debugging output.
848#   + Low-level debugger API
849#      break_on_load($filename)             # b load filename
850#      @files = report_break_on_load()      # List files with load-breakpoints
851#      breakable_line_in_filename($name, $from [, $to])
852#                                           # First breakable line in the
853#                                           # range $from .. $to.  $to defaults
854#                                           # to $from, and may be less than
855#                                           # $to
856#      breakable_line($from [, $to])        # Same for the current file
857#      break_on_filename_line($name, $lineno [, $cond])
858#                                           # Set breakpoint,$cond defaults to
859#                                           # 1
860#      break_on_filename_line_range($name, $from, $to [, $cond])
861#                                           # As above, on the first
862#                                           # breakable line in range
863#      break_on_line($lineno [, $cond])     # As above, in the current file
864#      break_subroutine($sub [, $cond])     # break on the first breakable line
865#      ($name, $from, $to) = subroutine_filename_lines($sub)
866#                                           # The range of lines of the text
867#      The low-level API returns TRUE on success, and die()s on failure.
868#
869# Changes: 1.10: May 23, 2001  Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
870#   BUG FIXES:
871#   + Fixed warnings generated by "perl -dWe 42"
872#   + Corrected spelling errors
873#   + Squeezed Help (h) output into 80 columns
874#
875# Changes: 1.11: May 24, 2001  David Dyck <dcd@tc.fluke.com>
876#   + Made "x @INC" work like it used to
877#
878# Changes: 1.12: May 24, 2001  Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
879#   + Fixed warnings generated by "O" (Show debugger options)
880#   + Fixed warnings generated by "p 42" (Print expression)
881# Changes: 1.13: Jun 19, 2001 Scott.L.Miller@compaq.com
882#   + Added windowSize option
883# Changes: 1.14: Oct  9, 2001 multiple
884#   + Clean up after itself on VMS (Charles Lane in 12385)
885#   + Adding "@ file" syntax (Peter Scott in 12014)
886#   + Debug reloading selfloaded stuff (Ilya Zakharevich in 11457)
887#   + $^S and other debugger fixes (Ilya Zakharevich in 11120)
888#   + Forgot a my() declaration (Ilya Zakharevich in 11085)
889# Changes: 1.15: Nov  6, 2001 Michael G Schwern <schwern@pobox.com>
890#   + Updated 1.14 change log
891#   + Added *dbline explainatory comments
892#   + Mentioning perldebguts man page
893# Changes: 1.16: Feb 15, 2002 Mark-Jason Dominus <mjd@plover.com>
894#   + $onetimeDump improvements
895# Changes: 1.17: Feb 20, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
896#   Moved some code to cmd_[.]()'s for clarity and ease of handling,
897#   rationalised the following commands and added cmd_wrapper() to
898#   enable switching between old and frighteningly consistent new
899#   behaviours for diehards: 'o CommandSet=pre580' (sigh...)
900#     a(add),       A(del)            # action expr   (added del by line)
901#   + b(add),       B(del)            # break  [line] (was b,D)
902#   + w(add),       W(del)            # watch  expr   (was W,W)
903#                                     # added del by expr
904#   + h(summary), h h(long)           # help (hh)     (was h h,h)
905#   + m(methods),   M(modules)        # ...           (was m,v)
906#   + o(option)                       # lc            (was O)
907#   + v(view code), V(view Variables) # ...           (was w,V)
908# Changes: 1.18: Mar 17, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
909#   + fixed missing cmd_O bug
910# Changes: 1.19: Mar 29, 2002 Spider Boardman
911#   + Added missing local()s -- DB::DB is called recursively.
912# Changes: 1.20: Feb 17, 2003 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
913#   + pre'n'post commands no longer trashed with no args
914#   + watch val joined out of eval()
915# Changes: 1.21: Jun 04, 2003 Joe McMahon <mcmahon@ibiblio.org>
916#   + Added comments and reformatted source. No bug fixes/enhancements.
917#   + Includes cleanup by Robin Barker and Jarkko Hietaniemi.
918# Changes: 1.22  Jun 09, 2003 Alex Vandiver <alexmv@MIT.EDU>
919#   + Flush stdout/stderr before the debugger prompt is printed.
920# Changes: 1.23: Dec 21, 2003 Dominique Quatravaux
921#   + Fix a side-effect of bug #24674 in the perl debugger ("odd taint bug")
922# Changes: 1.24: Mar 03, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
923#   + Added command to save all debugger commands for sourcing later.
924#   + Added command to display parent inheritance tree of given class.
925#   + Fixed minor newline in history bug.
926# Changes: 1.25: Apr 17, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
927#   + Fixed option bug (setting invalid options + not recognising valid short forms)
928# Changes: 1.26: Apr 22, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
929#   + unfork the 5.8.x and 5.9.x debuggers.
930#   + whitespace and assertions call cleanup across versions
931#   + H * deletes (resets) history
932#   + i now handles Class + blessed objects
933# Changes: 1.27: May 09, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
934#   + updated pod page references - clunky.
935#   + removed windowid restriction for forking into an xterm.
936#   + more whitespace again.
937#   + wrapped restart and enabled rerun [-n] (go back n steps) command.
938# Changes: 1.28: Oct 12, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
939#   + Added threads support (inc. e and E commands)
940# Changes: 1.29: Nov 28, 2006 Bo Lindbergh <blgl@hagernas.com>
941#   + Added macosx_get_fork_TTY support
942# Changes: 1.30: Mar 06, 2007 Andreas Koenig <andk@cpan.org>
943#   + Added HistFile, HistSize
944# Changes: 1.31
945#   + Remove support for assertions and -A
946#   + stop NEXT::AUTOLOAD from emitting warnings under the debugger. RT #25053
947#   + "update for Mac OS X 10.5" [finding the tty device]
948#   + "What I needed to get the forked debugger to work" [on VMS]
949#   + [perl #57016] debugger: o warn=0 die=0 ignored
950#   + Note, but don't use, PERLDBf_SAVESRC
951#   + Fix #7013: lvalue subs not working inside debugger
952# Changes: 1.32: Jun 03, 2009 Jonathan Leto <jonathan@leto.net>
953#   + Fix bug where a key _< with undefined value was put into the symbol table
954#   +   when the $filename variable is not set
955########################################################################
956
957=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
958
959The debugger starts up in phases.
960
961=head2 BASIC SETUP
962
963First, it initializes the environment it wants to run in: turning off
964warnings during its own compilation, defining variables which it will need
965to avoid warnings later, setting itself up to not exit when the program
966terminates, and defaulting to printing return values for the C<r> command.
967
968=cut
969
970# Needed for the statement after exec():
971#
972# This BEGIN block is simply used to switch off warnings during debugger
973# compiliation. Probably it would be better practice to fix the warnings,
974# but this is how it's done at the moment.
975
976BEGIN {
977    $ini_warn = $^W;
978    $^W       = 0;
979}    # Switch compilation warnings off until another BEGIN.
980
981local ($^W) = 0;    # Switch run-time warnings off during init.
982
983=head2 THREADS SUPPORT
984
985If we are running under a threaded Perl, we require threads and threads::shared
986if the environment variable C<PERL5DB_THREADED> is set, to enable proper
987threaded debugger control.  C<-dt> can also be used to set this.
988
989Each new thread will be announced and the debugger prompt will always inform
990you of each new thread created.  It will also indicate the thread id in which
991we are currently running within the prompt like this:
992
993	[tid] DB<$i>
994
995Where C<[tid]> is an integer thread id and C<$i> is the familiar debugger
996command prompt.  The prompt will show: C<[0]> when running under threads, but
997not actually in a thread.  C<[tid]> is consistent with C<gdb> usage.
998
999While running under threads, when you set or delete a breakpoint (etc.), this
1000will apply to all threads, not just the currently running one.  When you are
1001in a currently executing thread, you will stay there until it completes.  With
1002the current implementation it is not currently possible to hop from one thread
1003to another.
1004
1005The C<e> and C<E> commands are currently fairly minimal - see C<h e> and C<h E>.
1006
1007Note that threading support was built into the debugger as of Perl version
1008C<5.8.6> and debugger version C<1.2.8>.
1009
1010=cut
1011
1012BEGIN {
1013  # ensure we can share our non-threaded variables or no-op
1014  if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
1015	require threads;
1016	require threads::shared;
1017	import threads::shared qw(share);
1018	$DBGR;
1019	share(\$DBGR);
1020	lock($DBGR);
1021	print "Threads support enabled\n";
1022  } else {
1023	*lock  = sub(*) {};
1024	*share = sub(*) {};
1025  }
1026}
1027
1028# This would probably be better done with "use vars", but that wasn't around
1029# when this code was originally written. (Neither was "use strict".) And on
1030# the principle of not fiddling with something that was working, this was
1031# left alone.
1032warn(               # Do not ;-)
1033    # These variables control the execution of 'dumpvar.pl'.
1034    $dumpvar::hashDepth,
1035    $dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1036    $dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1037    $dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1038    $dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1039    $dumpvar::printUndef,
1040    $dumpvar::globPrint,
1041    $dumpvar::usageOnly,
1042
1043    # used to save @ARGV and extract any debugger-related flags.
1044    @ARGS,
1045
1046    # used to control die() reporting in diesignal()
1047    $Carp::CarpLevel,
1048
1049    # used to prevent multiple entries to diesignal()
1050    # (if for instance diesignal() itself dies)
1051    $panic,
1052
1053    # used to prevent the debugger from running nonstop
1054    # after a restart
1055    $second_time,
1056  )
1057  if 0;
1058
1059# without threads, $filename is not defined until DB::DB is called
1060foreach my $k (keys (%INC)) {
1061	&share(\$main::{'_<'.$filename}) if defined $filename;
1062};
1063
1064# Command-line + PERLLIB:
1065# Save the contents of @INC before they are modified elsewhere.
1066@ini_INC = @INC;
1067
1068# This was an attempt to clear out the previous values of various
1069# trapped errors. Apparently it didn't help. XXX More info needed!
1070# $prevwarn = $prevdie = $prevbus = $prevsegv = ''; # Does not help?!
1071
1072# We set these variables to safe values. We don't want to blindly turn
1073# off warnings, because other packages may still want them.
1074$trace = $signal = $single = 0;    # Uninitialized warning suppression
1075                                   # (local $^W cannot help - other packages!).
1076
1077# Default to not exiting when program finishes; print the return
1078# value when the 'r' command is used to return from a subroutine.
1079$inhibit_exit = $option{PrintRet} = 1;
1080
1081=head1 OPTION PROCESSING
1082
1083The debugger's options are actually spread out over the debugger itself and
1084C<dumpvar.pl>; some of these are variables to be set, while others are
1085subs to be called with a value. To try to make this a little easier to
1086manage, the debugger uses a few data structures to define what options
1087are legal and how they are to be processed.
1088
1089First, the C<@options> array defines the I<names> of all the options that
1090are to be accepted.
1091
1092=cut
1093
1094@options = qw(
1095  CommandSet   HistFile      HistSize
1096  hashDepth    arrayDepth    dumpDepth
1097  DumpDBFiles  DumpPackages  DumpReused
1098  compactDump  veryCompact   quote
1099  HighBit      undefPrint    globPrint
1100  PrintRet     UsageOnly     frame
1101  AutoTrace    TTY           noTTY
1102  ReadLine     NonStop       LineInfo
1103  maxTraceLen  recallCommand ShellBang
1104  pager        tkRunning     ornaments
1105  signalLevel  warnLevel     dieLevel
1106  inhibit_exit ImmediateStop bareStringify
1107  CreateTTY    RemotePort    windowSize
1108  DollarCaretP
1109);
1110
1111@RememberOnROptions = qw(DollarCaretP);
1112
1113=pod
1114
1115Second, C<optionVars> lists the variables that each option uses to save its
1116state.
1117
1118=cut
1119
1120%optionVars = (
1121    hashDepth     => \$dumpvar::hashDepth,
1122    arrayDepth    => \$dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1123    CommandSet    => \$CommandSet,
1124    DumpDBFiles   => \$dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1125    DumpPackages  => \$dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1126    DumpReused    => \$dumpvar::dumpReused,
1127    HighBit       => \$dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1128    undefPrint    => \$dumpvar::printUndef,
1129    globPrint     => \$dumpvar::globPrint,
1130    UsageOnly     => \$dumpvar::usageOnly,
1131    CreateTTY     => \$CreateTTY,
1132    bareStringify => \$dumpvar::bareStringify,
1133    frame         => \$frame,
1134    AutoTrace     => \$trace,
1135    inhibit_exit  => \$inhibit_exit,
1136    maxTraceLen   => \$maxtrace,
1137    ImmediateStop => \$ImmediateStop,
1138    RemotePort    => \$remoteport,
1139    windowSize    => \$window,
1140    HistFile      => \$histfile,
1141    HistSize      => \$histsize,
1142);
1143
1144=pod
1145
1146Third, C<%optionAction> defines the subroutine to be called to process each
1147option.
1148
1149=cut 
1150
1151%optionAction = (
1152    compactDump   => \&dumpvar::compactDump,
1153    veryCompact   => \&dumpvar::veryCompact,
1154    quote         => \&dumpvar::quote,
1155    TTY           => \&TTY,
1156    noTTY         => \&noTTY,
1157    ReadLine      => \&ReadLine,
1158    NonStop       => \&NonStop,
1159    LineInfo      => \&LineInfo,
1160    recallCommand => \&recallCommand,
1161    ShellBang     => \&shellBang,
1162    pager         => \&pager,
1163    signalLevel   => \&signalLevel,
1164    warnLevel     => \&warnLevel,
1165    dieLevel      => \&dieLevel,
1166    tkRunning     => \&tkRunning,
1167    ornaments     => \&ornaments,
1168    RemotePort    => \&RemotePort,
1169    DollarCaretP  => \&DollarCaretP,
1170);
1171
1172=pod
1173
1174Last, the C<%optionRequire> notes modules that must be C<require>d if an
1175option is used.
1176
1177=cut
1178
1179# Note that this list is not complete: several options not listed here
1180# actually require that dumpvar.pl be loaded for them to work, but are
1181# not in the table. A subsequent patch will correct this problem; for
1182# the moment, we're just recommenting, and we are NOT going to change
1183# function.
1184%optionRequire = (
1185    compactDump => 'dumpvar.pl',
1186    veryCompact => 'dumpvar.pl',
1187    quote       => 'dumpvar.pl',
1188);
1189
1190=pod
1191
1192There are a number of initialization-related variables which can be set
1193by putting code to set them in a BEGIN block in the C<PERL5DB> environment
1194variable. These are:
1195
1196=over 4
1197
1198=item C<$rl> - readline control XXX needs more explanation
1199
1200=item C<$warnLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over warning handling
1201
1202=item C<$dieLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over die handling
1203
1204=item C<$signalLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over signal handling
1205
1206=item C<$pre> - preprompt actions (array reference)
1207
1208=item C<$post> - postprompt actions (array reference)
1209
1210=item C<$pretype>
1211
1212=item C<$CreateTTY> - whether or not to create a new TTY for this debugger
1213
1214=item C<$CommandSet> - which command set to use (defaults to new, documented set)
1215
1216=back
1217
1218=cut
1219
1220# These guys may be defined in $ENV{PERL5DB} :
1221$rl          = 1     unless defined $rl;
1222$warnLevel   = 1     unless defined $warnLevel;
1223$dieLevel    = 1     unless defined $dieLevel;
1224$signalLevel = 1     unless defined $signalLevel;
1225$pre         = []    unless defined $pre;
1226$post        = []    unless defined $post;
1227$pretype     = []    unless defined $pretype;
1228$CreateTTY   = 3     unless defined $CreateTTY;
1229$CommandSet  = '580' unless defined $CommandSet;
1230
1231share($rl);
1232share($warnLevel);
1233share($dieLevel);
1234share($signalLevel);
1235share($pre);
1236share($post);
1237share($pretype);
1238share($rl);
1239share($CreateTTY);
1240share($CommandSet);
1241
1242=pod
1243
1244The default C<die>, C<warn>, and C<signal> handlers are set up.
1245
1246=cut
1247
1248warnLevel($warnLevel);
1249dieLevel($dieLevel);
1250signalLevel($signalLevel);
1251
1252=pod
1253
1254The pager to be used is needed next. We try to get it from the
1255environment first.  If it's not defined there, we try to find it in
1256the Perl C<Config.pm>.  If it's not there, we default to C<more>. We
1257then call the C<pager()> function to save the pager name.
1258
1259=cut
1260
1261# This routine makes sure $pager is set up so that '|' can use it.
1262pager(
1263
1264    # If PAGER is defined in the environment, use it.
1265    defined $ENV{PAGER}
1266    ? $ENV{PAGER}
1267
1268      # If not, see if Config.pm defines it.
1269    : eval { require Config }
1270      && defined $Config::Config{pager}
1271    ? $Config::Config{pager}
1272
1273      # If not, fall back to 'more'.
1274    : 'more'
1275  )
1276  unless defined $pager;
1277
1278=pod
1279
1280We set up the command to be used to access the man pages, the command
1281recall character (C<!> unless otherwise defined) and the shell escape
1282character (C<!> unless otherwise defined). Yes, these do conflict, and
1283neither works in the debugger at the moment.
1284
1285=cut
1286
1287setman();
1288
1289# Set up defaults for command recall and shell escape (note:
1290# these currently don't work in linemode debugging).
1291&recallCommand("!") unless defined $prc;
1292&shellBang("!")     unless defined $psh;
1293
1294=pod
1295
1296We then set up the gigantic string containing the debugger help.
1297We also set the limit on the number of arguments we'll display during a
1298trace.
1299
1300=cut
1301
1302sethelp();
1303
1304# If we didn't get a default for the length of eval/stack trace args,
1305# set it here.
1306$maxtrace = 400 unless defined $maxtrace;
1307
1308=head2 SETTING UP THE DEBUGGER GREETING
1309
1310The debugger I<greeting> helps to inform the user how many debuggers are
1311running, and whether the current debugger is the primary or a child.
1312
1313If we are the primary, we just hang onto our pid so we'll have it when
1314or if we start a child debugger. If we are a child, we'll set things up
1315so we'll have a unique greeting and so the parent will give us our own
1316TTY later.
1317
1318We save the current contents of the C<PERLDB_PIDS> environment variable
1319because we mess around with it. We'll also need to hang onto it because
1320we'll need it if we restart.
1321
1322Child debuggers make a label out of the current PID structure recorded in
1323PERLDB_PIDS plus the new PID. They also mark themselves as not having a TTY
1324yet so the parent will give them one later via C<resetterm()>.
1325
1326=cut
1327
1328# Save the current contents of the environment; we're about to
1329# much with it. We'll need this if we have to restart.
1330$ini_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1331
1332if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} ) {
1333
1334    # We're a child. Make us a label out of the current PID structure
1335    # recorded in PERLDB_PIDS plus our (new) PID. Mark us as not having
1336    # a term yet so the parent will give us one later via resetterm().
1337
1338    my $env_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1339    $pids = "[$env_pids]";
1340
1341    # Unless we are on OpenVMS, all programs under the DCL shell run under
1342    # the same PID.
1343
1344    if (($^O eq 'VMS') && ($env_pids =~ /\b$$\b/)) {
1345        $term_pid         = $$;
1346    }
1347    else {
1348        $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} .= "->$$";
1349        $term_pid = -1;
1350    }
1351
1352} ## end if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS...
1353else {
1354
1355    # We're the parent PID. Initialize PERLDB_PID in case we end up with a
1356    # child debugger, and mark us as the parent, so we'll know to set up
1357    # more TTY's is we have to.
1358    $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = "$$";
1359    $pids             = "[pid=$$]";
1360    $term_pid         = $$;
1361}
1362
1363$pidprompt = '';
1364
1365# Sets up $emacs as a synonym for $slave_editor.
1366*emacs = $slave_editor if $slave_editor;    # May be used in afterinit()...
1367
1368=head2 READING THE RC FILE
1369
1370The debugger will read a file of initialization options if supplied. If
1371running interactively, this is C<.perldb>; if not, it's C<perldb.ini>.
1372
1373=cut      
1374
1375# As noted, this test really doesn't check accurately that the debugger
1376# is running at a terminal or not.
1377
1378my $dev_tty = '/dev/tty';
1379   $dev_tty = 'TT:' if ($^O eq 'VMS');
1380if ( -e $dev_tty ) {                      # this is the wrong metric!
1381    $rcfile = ".perldb";
1382}
1383else {
1384    $rcfile = "perldb.ini";
1385}
1386
1387=pod
1388
1389The debugger does a safety test of the file to be read. It must be owned
1390either by the current user or root, and must only be writable by the owner.
1391
1392=cut
1393
1394# This wraps a safety test around "do" to read and evaluate the init file.
1395#
1396# This isn't really safe, because there's a race
1397# between checking and opening.  The solution is to
1398# open and fstat the handle, but then you have to read and
1399# eval the contents.  But then the silly thing gets
1400# your lexical scope, which is unfortunate at best.
1401sub safe_do {
1402    my $file = shift;
1403
1404    # Just exactly what part of the word "CORE::" don't you understand?
1405    local $SIG{__WARN__};
1406    local $SIG{__DIE__};
1407
1408    unless ( is_safe_file($file) ) {
1409        CORE::warn <<EO_GRIPE;
1410perldb: Must not source insecure rcfile $file.
1411        You or the superuser must be the owner, and it must not
1412        be writable by anyone but its owner.
1413EO_GRIPE
1414        return;
1415    } ## end unless (is_safe_file($file...
1416
1417    do $file;
1418    CORE::warn("perldb: couldn't parse $file: $@") if $@;
1419} ## end sub safe_do
1420
1421# This is the safety test itself.
1422#
1423# Verifies that owner is either real user or superuser and that no
1424# one but owner may write to it.  This function is of limited use
1425# when called on a path instead of upon a handle, because there are
1426# no guarantees that filename (by dirent) whose file (by ino) is
1427# eventually accessed is the same as the one tested.
1428# Assumes that the file's existence is not in doubt.
1429sub is_safe_file {
1430    my $path = shift;
1431    stat($path) || return;    # mysteriously vaporized
1432    my ( $dev, $ino, $mode, $nlink, $uid, $gid ) = stat(_);
1433
1434    return 0 if $uid != 0 && $uid != $<;
1435    return 0 if $mode & 022;
1436    return 1;
1437} ## end sub is_safe_file
1438
1439# If the rcfile (whichever one we decided was the right one to read)
1440# exists, we safely do it.
1441if ( -f $rcfile ) {
1442    safe_do("./$rcfile");
1443}
1444
1445# If there isn't one here, try the user's home directory.
1446elsif ( defined $ENV{HOME} && -f "$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile" ) {
1447    safe_do("$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile");
1448}
1449
1450# Else try the login directory.
1451elsif ( defined $ENV{LOGDIR} && -f "$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile" ) {
1452    safe_do("$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile");
1453}
1454
1455# If the PERLDB_OPTS variable has options in it, parse those out next.
1456if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} ) {
1457    parse_options( $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} );
1458}
1459
1460=pod
1461
1462The last thing we do during initialization is determine which subroutine is
1463to be used to obtain a new terminal when a new debugger is started. Right now,
1464the debugger only handles X Windows, OS/2, and Mac OS X (darwin).
1465
1466=cut
1467
1468# Set up the get_fork_TTY subroutine to be aliased to the proper routine.
1469# Works if you're running an xterm or xterm-like window, or you're on
1470# OS/2, or on Mac OS X. This may need some expansion.
1471
1472if (not defined &get_fork_TTY)       # only if no routine exists
1473{
1474    if (defined $ENV{TERM}                       # If we know what kind
1475                                                 # of terminal this is,
1476        and $ENV{TERM} eq 'xterm'                # and it's an xterm,
1477        and defined $ENV{DISPLAY}                # and what display it's on,
1478      )
1479    {
1480        *get_fork_TTY = \&xterm_get_fork_TTY;    # use the xterm version
1481    }
1482    elsif ( $^O eq 'os2' ) {                     # If this is OS/2,
1483        *get_fork_TTY = \&os2_get_fork_TTY;      # use the OS/2 version
1484    }
1485    elsif ( $^O eq 'darwin'                      # If this is Mac OS X
1486            and defined $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM}       # and we're running inside
1487            and $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM}
1488                eq 'Apple_Terminal'              # Terminal.app
1489            )
1490    {
1491        *get_fork_TTY = \&macosx_get_fork_TTY;   # use the Mac OS X version
1492    }
1493} ## end if (not defined &get_fork_TTY...
1494
1495# untaint $^O, which may have been tainted by the last statement.
1496# see bug [perl #24674]
1497$^O =~ m/^(.*)\z/;
1498$^O = $1;
1499
1500# Here begin the unreadable code.  It needs fixing.
1501
1502=head2 RESTART PROCESSING
1503
1504This section handles the restart command. When the C<R> command is invoked, it
1505tries to capture all of the state it can into environment variables, and
1506then sets C<PERLDB_RESTART>. When we start executing again, we check to see
1507if C<PERLDB_RESTART> is there; if so, we reload all the information that
1508the R command stuffed into the environment variables.
1509
1510  PERLDB_RESTART   - flag only, contains no restart data itself.
1511  PERLDB_HIST      - command history, if it's available
1512  PERLDB_ON_LOAD   - breakpoints set by the rc file
1513  PERLDB_POSTPONE  - subs that have been loaded/not executed, and have actions
1514  PERLDB_VISITED   - files that had breakpoints
1515  PERLDB_FILE_...  - breakpoints for a file
1516  PERLDB_OPT       - active options
1517  PERLDB_INC       - the original @INC
1518  PERLDB_PRETYPE   - preprompt debugger actions
1519  PERLDB_PRE       - preprompt Perl code
1520  PERLDB_POST      - post-prompt Perl code
1521  PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD - typeahead captured by readline()
1522
1523We chug through all these variables and plug the values saved in them
1524back into the appropriate spots in the debugger.
1525
1526=cut
1527
1528if ( exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} ) {
1529
1530    # We're restarting, so we don't need the flag that says to restart anymore.
1531    delete $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART};
1532
1533    # $restart = 1;
1534    @hist          = get_list('PERLDB_HIST');
1535    %break_on_load = get_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD");
1536    %postponed     = get_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE");
1537
1538	share(@hist);
1539	share(@truehist);
1540	share(%break_on_load);
1541	share(%postponed);
1542
1543    # restore breakpoints/actions
1544    my @had_breakpoints = get_list("PERLDB_VISITED");
1545    for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
1546        my %pf = get_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_");
1547        $postponed_file{ $had_breakpoints[$_] } = \%pf if %pf;
1548    }
1549
1550    # restore options
1551    my %opt = get_list("PERLDB_OPT");
1552    my ( $opt, $val );
1553    while ( ( $opt, $val ) = each %opt ) {
1554        $val =~ s/[\\\']/\\$1/g;
1555        parse_options("$opt'$val'");
1556    }
1557
1558    # restore original @INC
1559    @INC     = get_list("PERLDB_INC");
1560    @ini_INC = @INC;
1561
1562    # return pre/postprompt actions and typeahead buffer
1563    $pretype   = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE") ];
1564    $pre       = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRE") ];
1565    $post      = [ get_list("PERLDB_POST") ];
1566    @typeahead = get_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
1567} ## end if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART...
1568
1569=head2 SETTING UP THE TERMINAL
1570
1571Now, we'll decide how the debugger is going to interact with the user.
1572If there's no TTY, we set the debugger to run non-stop; there's not going
1573to be anyone there to enter commands.
1574
1575=cut
1576
1577if ($notty) {
1578    $runnonstop = 1;
1579	share($runnonstop);
1580}
1581
1582=pod
1583
1584If there is a TTY, we have to determine who it belongs to before we can
1585proceed. If this is a slave editor or graphical debugger (denoted by
1586the first command-line switch being '-emacs'), we shift this off and
1587set C<$rl> to 0 (XXX ostensibly to do straight reads).
1588
1589=cut
1590
1591else {
1592
1593    # Is Perl being run from a slave editor or graphical debugger?
1594    # If so, don't use readline, and set $slave_editor = 1.
1595    $slave_editor =
1596      ( ( defined $main::ARGV[0] ) and ( $main::ARGV[0] eq '-emacs' ) );
1597    $rl = 0, shift(@main::ARGV) if $slave_editor;
1598
1599    #require Term::ReadLine;
1600
1601=pod
1602
1603We then determine what the console should be on various systems:
1604
1605=over 4
1606
1607=item * Cygwin - We use C<stdin> instead of a separate device.
1608
1609=cut
1610
1611    if ( $^O eq 'cygwin' ) {
1612
1613        # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1614        undef $console;
1615    }
1616
1617=item * Unix - use C</dev/tty>.
1618
1619=cut
1620
1621    elsif ( -e "/dev/tty" ) {
1622        $console = "/dev/tty";
1623    }
1624
1625=item * Windows or MSDOS - use C<con>.
1626
1627=cut
1628
1629    elsif ( $^O eq 'dos' or -e "con" or $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) {
1630        $console = "con";
1631    }
1632
1633=item * MacOS - use C<Dev:Console:Perl Debug> if this is the MPW version; C<Dev:
1634Console> if not.
1635
1636Note that Mac OS X returns C<darwin>, not C<MacOS>. Also note that the debugger doesn't do anything special for C<darwin>. Maybe it should.
1637
1638=cut
1639
1640    elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) {
1641        if ( $MacPerl::Version !~ /MPW/ ) {
1642            $console =
1643              "Dev:Console:Perl Debug";    # Separate window for application
1644        }
1645        else {
1646            $console = "Dev:Console";
1647        }
1648    } ## end elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS')
1649
1650=item * VMS - use C<sys$command>.
1651
1652=cut
1653
1654    else {
1655
1656        # everything else is ...
1657        $console = "sys\$command";
1658    }
1659
1660=pod
1661
1662=back
1663
1664Several other systems don't use a specific console. We C<undef $console>
1665for those (Windows using a slave editor/graphical debugger, NetWare, OS/2
1666with a slave editor, Epoc).
1667
1668=cut
1669
1670    if ( ( $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) and ( $slave_editor or defined $ENV{EMACS} ) ) {
1671
1672        # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1673        $console = undef;
1674    }
1675
1676    if ( $^O eq 'NetWare' ) {
1677
1678        # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1679        $console = undef;
1680    }
1681
1682    # In OS/2, we need to use STDIN to get textmode too, even though
1683    # it pretty much looks like Unix otherwise.
1684    if ( defined $ENV{OS2_SHELL} and ( $slave_editor or $ENV{WINDOWID} ) )
1685    {    # In OS/2
1686        $console = undef;
1687    }
1688
1689    # EPOC also falls into the 'got to use STDIN' camp.
1690    if ( $^O eq 'epoc' ) {
1691        $console = undef;
1692    }
1693
1694=pod
1695
1696If there is a TTY hanging around from a parent, we use that as the console.
1697
1698=cut
1699
1700    $console = $tty if defined $tty;
1701
1702=head2 SOCKET HANDLING
1703
1704The debugger is capable of opening a socket and carrying out a debugging
1705session over the socket.
1706
1707If C<RemotePort> was defined in the options, the debugger assumes that it
1708should try to start a debugging session on that port. It builds the socket
1709and then tries to connect the input and output filehandles to it.
1710
1711=cut
1712
1713    # Handle socket stuff.
1714
1715    if ( defined $remoteport ) {
1716
1717        # If RemotePort was defined in the options, connect input and output
1718        # to the socket.
1719        require IO::Socket;
1720        $OUT = new IO::Socket::INET(
1721            Timeout  => '10',
1722            PeerAddr => $remoteport,
1723            Proto    => 'tcp',
1724        );
1725        if ( !$OUT ) { die "Unable to connect to remote host: $remoteport\n"; }
1726        $IN = $OUT;
1727    } ## end if (defined $remoteport)
1728
1729=pod
1730
1731If no C<RemotePort> was defined, and we want to create a TTY on startup,
1732this is probably a situation where multiple debuggers are running (for example,
1733a backticked command that starts up another debugger). We create a new IN and
1734OUT filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new TTY if we know how
1735and if we can.
1736
1737=cut
1738
1739    # Non-socket.
1740    else {
1741
1742        # Two debuggers running (probably a system or a backtick that invokes
1743        # the debugger itself under the running one). create a new IN and OUT
1744        # filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new tty if we
1745        # know how, and we can.
1746        create_IN_OUT(4) if $CreateTTY & 4;
1747        if ($console) {
1748
1749            # If we have a console, check to see if there are separate ins and
1750            # outs to open. (They are assumed identical if not.)
1751
1752            my ( $i, $o ) = split /,/, $console;
1753            $o = $i unless defined $o;
1754
1755            # read/write on in, or just read, or read on STDIN.
1756            open( IN,      "+<$i" )
1757              || open( IN, "<$i" )
1758              || open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1759
1760            # read/write/create/clobber out, or write/create/clobber out,
1761            # or merge with STDERR, or merge with STDOUT.
1762                 open( OUT, "+>$o" )
1763              || open( OUT, ">$o" )
1764              || open( OUT, ">&STDERR" )
1765              || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" );    # so we don't dongle stdout
1766
1767        } ## end if ($console)
1768        elsif ( not defined $console ) {
1769
1770            # No console. Open STDIN.
1771            open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1772
1773            # merge with STDERR, or with STDOUT.
1774            open( OUT,      ">&STDERR" )
1775              || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" );    # so we don't dongle stdout
1776            $console = 'STDIN/OUT';
1777        } ## end elsif (not defined $console)
1778
1779        # Keep copies of the filehandles so that when the pager runs, it
1780        # can close standard input without clobbering ours.
1781        $IN = \*IN, $OUT = \*OUT if $console or not defined $console;
1782    } ## end elsif (from if(defined $remoteport))
1783
1784    # Unbuffer DB::OUT. We need to see responses right away.
1785    my $previous = select($OUT);
1786    $| = 1;                                  # for DB::OUT
1787    select($previous);
1788
1789    # Line info goes to debugger output unless pointed elsewhere.
1790    # Pointing elsewhere makes it possible for slave editors to
1791    # keep track of file and position. We have both a filehandle
1792    # and a I/O description to keep track of.
1793    $LINEINFO = $OUT     unless defined $LINEINFO;
1794    $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
1795	# share($LINEINFO); # <- unable to share globs
1796	share($lineinfo);   #
1797
1798=pod
1799
1800To finish initialization, we show the debugger greeting,
1801and then call the C<afterinit()> subroutine if there is one.
1802
1803=cut
1804
1805    # Show the debugger greeting.
1806    $header =~ s/.Header: ([^,]+),v(\s+\S+\s+\S+).*$/$1$2/;
1807    unless ($runnonstop) {
1808        local $\ = '';
1809        local $, = '';
1810        if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) {
1811            print $OUT "\nDaughter DB session started...\n";
1812        }
1813        else {
1814            print $OUT "\nLoading DB routines from $header\n";
1815            print $OUT (
1816                "Editor support ",
1817                $slave_editor ? "enabled" : "available", ".\n"
1818            );
1819            print $OUT
1820"\nEnter h or `h h' for help, or `$doccmd perldebug' for more help.\n\n";
1821        } ## end else [ if ($term_pid eq '-1')
1822    } ## end unless ($runnonstop)
1823} ## end else [ if ($notty)
1824
1825# XXX This looks like a bug to me.
1826# Why copy to @ARGS and then futz with @args?
1827@ARGS = @ARGV;
1828for (@args) {
1829    # Make sure backslashes before single quotes are stripped out, and
1830    # keep args unless they are numeric (XXX why?)
1831    # s/\'/\\\'/g;                      # removed while not justified understandably
1832    # s/(.*)/'$1'/ unless /^-?[\d.]+$/; # ditto
1833}
1834
1835# If there was an afterinit() sub defined, call it. It will get
1836# executed in our scope, so it can fiddle with debugger globals.
1837if ( defined &afterinit ) {    # May be defined in $rcfile
1838    &afterinit();
1839}
1840
1841# Inform us about "Stack dump during die enabled ..." in dieLevel().
1842$I_m_init = 1;
1843
1844############################################################ Subroutines
1845
1846=head1 SUBROUTINES
1847
1848=head2 DB
1849
1850This gigantic subroutine is the heart of the debugger. Called before every
1851statement, its job is to determine if a breakpoint has been reached, and
1852stop if so; read commands from the user, parse them, and execute
1853them, and then send execution off to the next statement.
1854
1855Note that the order in which the commands are processed is very important;
1856some commands earlier in the loop will actually alter the C<$cmd> variable
1857to create other commands to be executed later. This is all highly I<optimized>
1858but can be confusing. Check the comments for each C<$cmd ... && do {}> to
1859see what's happening in any given command.
1860
1861=cut
1862
1863sub DB {
1864
1865    # lock the debugger and get the thread id for the prompt
1866	lock($DBGR);
1867	my $tid;
1868	if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
1869		$tid = eval { "[".threads->tid."]" };
1870	}
1871
1872    # Check for whether we should be running continuously or not.
1873    # _After_ the perl program is compiled, $single is set to 1:
1874    if ( $single and not $second_time++ ) {
1875
1876        # Options say run non-stop. Run until we get an interrupt.
1877        if ($runnonstop) {    # Disable until signal
1878                # If there's any call stack in place, turn off single
1879                # stepping into subs throughout the stack.
1880            for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
1881                $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
1882            }
1883
1884            # And we are now no longer in single-step mode.
1885            $single = 0;
1886
1887            # If we simply returned at this point, we wouldn't get
1888            # the trace info. Fall on through.
1889            # return;
1890        } ## end if ($runnonstop)
1891
1892        elsif ($ImmediateStop) {
1893
1894            # We are supposed to stop here; XXX probably a break.
1895            $ImmediateStop = 0;    # We've processed it; turn it off
1896            $signal        = 1;    # Simulate an interrupt to force
1897                                   # us into the command loop
1898        }
1899    } ## end if ($single and not $second_time...
1900
1901    # If we're in single-step mode, or an interrupt (real or fake)
1902    # has occurred, turn off non-stop mode.
1903    $runnonstop = 0 if $single or $signal;
1904
1905    # Preserve current values of $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W.
1906    # The code being debugged may have altered them.
1907    &save;
1908
1909    # Since DB::DB gets called after every line, we can use caller() to
1910    # figure out where we last were executing. Sneaky, eh? This works because
1911    # caller is returning all the extra information when called from the
1912    # debugger.
1913    local ( $package, $filename, $line ) = caller;
1914    local $filename_ini = $filename;
1915
1916    # set up the context for DB::eval, so it can properly execute
1917    # code on behalf of the user. We add the package in so that the
1918    # code is eval'ed in the proper package (not in the debugger!).
1919    local $usercontext =
1920      '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' . "package $package;";
1921
1922    # Create an alias to the active file magical array to simplify
1923    # the code here.
1924    local (*dbline) = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1925
1926    # we need to check for pseudofiles on Mac OS (these are files
1927    # not attached to a filename, but instead stored in Dev:Pseudo)
1928    if ( $^O eq 'MacOS' && $#dbline < 0 ) {
1929        $filename_ini = $filename = 'Dev:Pseudo';
1930        *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1931    }
1932
1933    # Last line in the program.
1934    local $max = $#dbline;
1935
1936    # if we have something here, see if we should break.
1937    if ( $dbline{$line}
1938        && ( ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$line} ) ) )
1939    {
1940
1941        # Stop if the stop criterion says to just stop.
1942        if ( $stop eq '1' ) {
1943            $signal |= 1;
1944        }
1945
1946        # It's a conditional stop; eval it in the user's context and
1947        # see if we should stop. If so, remove the one-time sigil.
1948        elsif ($stop) {
1949            $evalarg = "\$DB::signal |= 1 if do {$stop}";
1950            &eval;
1951            $dbline{$line} =~ s/;9($|\0)/$1/;
1952        }
1953    } ## end if ($dbline{$line} && ...
1954
1955    # Preserve the current stop-or-not, and see if any of the W
1956    # (watch expressions) has changed.
1957    my $was_signal = $signal;
1958
1959    # If we have any watch expressions ...
1960    if ( $trace & 2 ) {
1961        for ( my $n = 0 ; $n <= $#to_watch ; $n++ ) {
1962            $evalarg = $to_watch[$n];
1963            local $onetimeDump;    # Tell DB::eval() to not output results
1964
1965            # Fix context DB::eval() wants to return an array, but
1966            # we need a scalar here.
1967            my ($val) = join( "', '", &eval );
1968            $val = ( ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef' );
1969
1970            # Did it change?
1971            if ( $val ne $old_watch[$n] ) {
1972
1973                # Yep! Show the difference, and fake an interrupt.
1974                $signal = 1;
1975                print $OUT <<EOP;
1976Watchpoint $n:\t$to_watch[$n] changed:
1977    old value:\t$old_watch[$n]
1978    new value:\t$val
1979EOP
1980                $old_watch[$n] = $val;
1981            } ## end if ($val ne $old_watch...
1982        } ## end for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= ...
1983    } ## end if ($trace & 2)
1984
1985=head2 C<watchfunction()>
1986
1987C<watchfunction()> is a function that can be defined by the user; it is a
1988function which will be run on each entry to C<DB::DB>; it gets the
1989current package, filename, and line as its parameters.
1990
1991The watchfunction can do anything it likes; it is executing in the
1992debugger's context, so it has access to all of the debugger's internal
1993data structures and functions.
1994
1995C<watchfunction()> can control the debugger's actions. Any of the following
1996will cause the debugger to return control to the user's program after
1997C<watchfunction()> executes:
1998
1999=over 4
2000
2001=item *
2002
2003Returning a false value from the C<watchfunction()> itself.
2004
2005=item *
2006
2007Altering C<$single> to a false value.
2008
2009=item *
2010
2011Altering C<$signal> to a false value.
2012
2013=item *
2014
2015Turning off the C<4> bit in C<$trace> (this also disables the
2016check for C<watchfunction()>. This can be done with
2017
2018    $trace &= ~4;
2019
2020=back
2021
2022=cut
2023
2024    # If there's a user-defined DB::watchfunction, call it with the
2025    # current package, filename, and line. The function executes in
2026    # the DB:: package.
2027    if ( $trace & 4 ) {    # User-installed watch
2028        return
2029          if watchfunction( $package, $filename, $line )
2030          and not $single
2031          and not $was_signal
2032          and not( $trace & ~4 );
2033    } ## end if ($trace & 4)
2034
2035    # Pick up any alteration to $signal in the watchfunction, and
2036    # turn off the signal now.
2037    $was_signal = $signal;
2038    $signal     = 0;
2039
2040=head2 GETTING READY TO EXECUTE COMMANDS
2041
2042The debugger decides to take control if single-step mode is on, the
2043C<t> command was entered, or the user generated a signal. If the program
2044has fallen off the end, we set things up so that entering further commands
2045won't cause trouble, and we say that the program is over.
2046
2047=cut
2048
2049    # Check to see if we should grab control ($single true,
2050    # trace set appropriately, or we got a signal).
2051    if ( $single || ( $trace & 1 ) || $was_signal ) {
2052
2053        # Yes, grab control.
2054        if ($slave_editor) {
2055
2056            # Tell the editor to update its position.
2057            $position = "\032\032$filename:$line:0\n";
2058            print_lineinfo($position);
2059        }
2060
2061=pod
2062
2063Special check: if we're in package C<DB::fake>, we've gone through the
2064C<END> block at least once. We set up everything so that we can continue
2065to enter commands and have a valid context to be in.
2066
2067=cut
2068
2069        elsif ( $package eq 'DB::fake' ) {
2070
2071            # Fallen off the end already.
2072            $term || &setterm;
2073            print_help(<<EOP);
2074Debugged program terminated.  Use B<q> to quit or B<R> to restart,
2075  use B<o> I<inhibit_exit> to avoid stopping after program termination,
2076  B<h q>, B<h R> or B<h o> to get additional info.
2077EOP
2078
2079            # Set the DB::eval context appropriately.
2080            $package     = 'main';
2081            $usercontext =
2082                '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;'
2083              . "package $package;";    # this won't let them modify, alas
2084        } ## end elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake')
2085
2086=pod
2087
2088If the program hasn't finished executing, we scan forward to the
2089next executable line, print that out, build the prompt from the file and line
2090number information, and print that.
2091
2092=cut
2093
2094        else {
2095
2096            # Still somewhere in the midst of execution. Set up the
2097            #  debugger prompt.
2098            $sub =~ s/\'/::/;    # Swap Perl 4 package separators (') to
2099                                 # Perl 5 ones (sorry, we don't print Klingon
2100                                 #module names)
2101
2102            $prefix = $sub =~ /::/ ? "" : "${'package'}::";
2103            $prefix .= "$sub($filename:";
2104            $after = ( $dbline[$line] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2105
2106            # Break up the prompt if it's really long.
2107            if ( length($prefix) > 30 ) {
2108                $position = "$prefix$line):\n$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after";
2109                $prefix   = "";
2110                $infix    = ":\t";
2111            }
2112            else {
2113                $infix    = "):\t";
2114                $position = "$prefix$line$infix$dbline[$line]$after";
2115            }
2116
2117            # Print current line info, indenting if necessary.
2118            if ($frame) {
2119                print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2120                    "$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after" );
2121            }
2122            else {
2123                print_lineinfo($position);
2124            }
2125
2126            # Scan forward, stopping at either the end or the next
2127            # unbreakable line.
2128            for ( $i = $line + 1 ; $i <= $max && $dbline[$i] == 0 ; ++$i )
2129            {    #{ vi
2130
2131                # Drop out on null statements, block closers, and comments.
2132                last if $dbline[$i] =~ /^\s*[\;\}\#\n]/;
2133
2134                # Drop out if the user interrupted us.
2135                last if $signal;
2136
2137                # Append a newline if the line doesn't have one. Can happen
2138                # in eval'ed text, for instance.
2139                $after = ( $dbline[$i] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2140
2141                # Next executable line.
2142                $incr_pos = "$prefix$i$infix$dbline[$i]$after";
2143                $position .= $incr_pos;
2144                if ($frame) {
2145
2146                    # Print it indented if tracing is on.
2147                    print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2148                        "$i:\t$dbline[$i]$after" );
2149                }
2150                else {
2151                    print_lineinfo($incr_pos);
2152                }
2153            } ## end for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i...
2154        } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
2155    } ## end if ($single || ($trace...
2156
2157=pod
2158
2159If there's an action to be executed for the line we stopped at, execute it.
2160If there are any preprompt actions, execute those as well.
2161
2162=cut
2163
2164    # If there's an action, do it now.
2165    $evalarg = $action, &eval if $action;
2166
2167    # Are we nested another level (e.g., did we evaluate a function
2168    # that had a breakpoint in it at the debugger prompt)?
2169    if ( $single || $was_signal ) {
2170
2171        # Yes, go down a level.
2172        local $level = $level + 1;
2173
2174        # Do any pre-prompt actions.
2175        foreach $evalarg (@$pre) {
2176            &eval;
2177        }
2178
2179        # Complain about too much recursion if we passed the limit.
2180        print $OUT $stack_depth . " levels deep in subroutine calls!\n"
2181          if $single & 4;
2182
2183        # The line we're currently on. Set $incr to -1 to stay here
2184        # until we get a command that tells us to advance.
2185        $start = $line;
2186        $incr  = -1;      # for backward motion.
2187
2188        # Tack preprompt debugger actions ahead of any actual input.
2189        @typeahead = ( @$pretype, @typeahead );
2190
2191=head2 WHERE ARE WE?
2192
2193XXX Relocate this section?
2194
2195The debugger normally shows the line corresponding to the current line of
2196execution. Sometimes, though, we want to see the next line, or to move elsewhere
2197in the file. This is done via the C<$incr>, C<$start>, and C<$max> variables.
2198
2199C<$incr> controls by how many lines the I<current> line should move forward
2200after a command is executed. If set to -1, this indicates that the I<current>
2201line shouldn't change.
2202
2203C<$start> is the I<current> line. It is used for things like knowing where to
2204move forwards or backwards from when doing an C<L> or C<-> command.
2205
2206C<$max> tells the debugger where the last line of the current file is. It's
2207used to terminate loops most often.
2208
2209=head2 THE COMMAND LOOP
2210
2211Most of C<DB::DB> is actually a command parsing and dispatch loop. It comes
2212in two parts:
2213
2214=over 4
2215
2216=item *
2217
2218The outer part of the loop, starting at the C<CMD> label. This loop
2219reads a command and then executes it.
2220
2221=item *
2222
2223The inner part of the loop, starting at the C<PIPE> label. This part
2224is wholly contained inside the C<CMD> block and only executes a command.
2225Used to handle commands running inside a pager.
2226
2227=back
2228
2229So why have two labels to restart the loop? Because sometimes, it's easier to
2230have a command I<generate> another command and then re-execute the loop to do
2231the new command. This is faster, but perhaps a bit more convoluted.
2232
2233=cut
2234
2235        # The big command dispatch loop. It keeps running until the
2236        # user yields up control again.
2237        #
2238        # If we have a terminal for input, and we get something back
2239        # from readline(), keep on processing.
2240      CMD:
2241        while (
2242
2243            # We have a terminal, or can get one ...
2244            ( $term || &setterm ),
2245
2246            # ... and it belogs to this PID or we get one for this PID ...
2247            ( $term_pid == $$ or resetterm(1) ),
2248
2249            # ... and we got a line of command input ...
2250            defined(
2251                $cmd = &readline(
2252                        "$pidprompt $tid DB"
2253                      . ( '<' x $level )
2254                      . ( $#hist + 1 )
2255                      . ( '>' x $level ) . " "
2256                )
2257            )
2258          )
2259        {
2260
2261			share($cmd);
2262            # ... try to execute the input as debugger commands.
2263
2264            # Don't stop running.
2265            $single = 0;
2266
2267            # No signal is active.
2268            $signal = 0;
2269
2270            # Handle continued commands (ending with \):
2271            $cmd =~ s/\\$/\n/ && do {
2272                $cmd .= &readline("  cont: ");
2273                redo CMD;
2274            };
2275
2276=head4 The null command
2277
2278A newline entered by itself means I<re-execute the last command>. We grab the
2279command out of C<$laststep> (where it was recorded previously), and copy it
2280back into C<$cmd> to be executed below. If there wasn't any previous command,
2281we'll do nothing below (no command will match). If there was, we also save it
2282in the command history and fall through to allow the command parsing to pick
2283it up.
2284
2285=cut
2286
2287            # Empty input means repeat the last command.
2288            $cmd =~ /^$/ && ( $cmd = $laststep );
2289            chomp($cmd);    # get rid of the annoying extra newline
2290            push( @hist, $cmd ) if length($cmd) > 1;
2291            push( @truehist, $cmd );
2292			share(@hist);
2293			share(@truehist);
2294
2295            # This is a restart point for commands that didn't arrive
2296            # via direct user input. It allows us to 'redo PIPE' to
2297            # re-execute command processing without reading a new command.
2298          PIPE: {
2299                $cmd =~ s/^\s+//s;    # trim annoying leading whitespace
2300                $cmd =~ s/\s+$//s;    # trim annoying trailing whitespace
2301                ($i) = split( /\s+/, $cmd );
2302
2303=head3 COMMAND ALIASES
2304
2305The debugger can create aliases for commands (these are stored in the
2306C<%alias> hash). Before a command is executed, the command loop looks it up
2307in the alias hash and substitutes the contents of the alias for the command,
2308completely replacing it.
2309
2310=cut
2311
2312                # See if there's an alias for the command, and set it up if so.
2313                if ( $alias{$i} ) {
2314
2315                    # Squelch signal handling; we want to keep control here
2316                    # if something goes loco during the alias eval.
2317                    local $SIG{__DIE__};
2318                    local $SIG{__WARN__};
2319
2320                    # This is a command, so we eval it in the DEBUGGER's
2321                    # scope! Otherwise, we can't see the special debugger
2322                    # variables, or get to the debugger's subs. (Well, we
2323                    # _could_, but why make it even more complicated?)
2324                    eval "\$cmd =~ $alias{$i}";
2325                    if ($@) {
2326                        local $\ = '';
2327                        print $OUT "Couldn't evaluate `$i' alias: $@";
2328                        next CMD;
2329                    }
2330                } ## end if ($alias{$i})
2331
2332=head3 MAIN-LINE COMMANDS
2333
2334All of these commands work up to and after the program being debugged has
2335terminated.
2336
2337=head4 C<q> - quit
2338
2339Quit the debugger. This entails setting the C<$fall_off_end> flag, so we don't
2340try to execute further, cleaning any restart-related stuff out of the
2341environment, and executing with the last value of C<$?>.
2342
2343=cut
2344
2345                $cmd =~ /^q$/ && do {
2346                    $fall_off_end = 1;
2347                    clean_ENV();
2348                    exit $?;
2349                };
2350
2351=head4 C<t> - trace
2352
2353Turn tracing on or off. Inverts the appropriate bit in C<$trace> (q.v.).
2354
2355=cut
2356
2357                $cmd =~ /^t$/ && do {
2358                    $trace ^= 1;
2359                    local $\ = '';
2360                    print $OUT "Trace = "
2361                      . ( ( $trace & 1 ) ? "on" : "off" ) . "\n";
2362                    next CMD;
2363                };
2364
2365=head4 C<S> - list subroutines matching/not matching a pattern
2366
2367Walks through C<%sub>, checking to see whether or not to print the name.
2368
2369=cut
2370
2371                $cmd =~ /^S(\s+(!)?(.+))?$/ && do {
2372
2373                    $Srev     = defined $2;     # Reverse scan?
2374                    $Spatt    = $3;             # The pattern (if any) to use.
2375                    $Snocheck = !defined $1;    # No args - print all subs.
2376
2377                    # Need to make these sane here.
2378                    local $\ = '';
2379                    local $, = '';
2380
2381                    # Search through the debugger's magical hash of subs.
2382                    # If $nocheck is true, just print the sub name.
2383                    # Otherwise, check it against the pattern. We then use
2384                    # the XOR trick to reverse the condition as required.
2385                    foreach $subname ( sort( keys %sub ) ) {
2386                        if ( $Snocheck or $Srev ^ ( $subname =~ /$Spatt/ ) ) {
2387                            print $OUT $subname, "\n";
2388                        }
2389                    }
2390                    next CMD;
2391                };
2392
2393=head4 C<X> - list variables in current package
2394
2395Since the C<V> command actually processes this, just change this to the
2396appropriate C<V> command and fall through.
2397
2398=cut
2399
2400                $cmd =~ s/^X\b/V $package/;
2401
2402=head4 C<V> - list variables
2403
2404Uses C<dumpvar.pl> to dump out the current values for selected variables.
2405
2406=cut
2407
2408                # Bare V commands get the currently-being-debugged package
2409                # added.
2410                $cmd =~ /^V$/ && do {
2411                    $cmd = "V $package";
2412                };
2413
2414                # V - show variables in package.
2415                $cmd =~ /^V\b\s*(\S+)\s*(.*)/ && do {
2416
2417                    # Save the currently selected filehandle and
2418                    # force output to debugger's filehandle (dumpvar
2419                    # just does "print" for output).
2420                    local ($savout) = select($OUT);
2421
2422                    # Grab package name and variables to dump.
2423                    $packname = $1;
2424                    @vars     = split( ' ', $2 );
2425
2426                    # If main::dumpvar isn't here, get it.
2427                    do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2428                    if ( defined &main::dumpvar ) {
2429
2430                        # We got it. Turn off subroutine entry/exit messages
2431                        # for the moment, along with return values.
2432                        local $frame = 0;
2433                        local $doret = -2;
2434
2435                        # must detect sigpipe failures  - not catching
2436                        # then will cause the debugger to die.
2437                        eval {
2438                            &main::dumpvar(
2439                                $packname,
2440                                defined $option{dumpDepth}
2441                                ? $option{dumpDepth}
2442                                : -1,    # assume -1 unless specified
2443                                @vars
2444                            );
2445                        };
2446
2447                        # The die doesn't need to include the $@, because
2448                        # it will automatically get propagated for us.
2449                        if ($@) {
2450                            die unless $@ =~ /dumpvar print failed/;
2451                        }
2452                    } ## end if (defined &main::dumpvar)
2453                    else {
2454
2455                        # Couldn't load dumpvar.
2456                        print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
2457                    }
2458
2459                    # Restore the output filehandle, and go round again.
2460                    select($savout);
2461                    next CMD;
2462                };
2463
2464=head4 C<x> - evaluate and print an expression
2465
2466Hands the expression off to C<DB::eval>, setting it up to print the value
2467via C<dumpvar.pl> instead of just printing it directly.
2468
2469=cut
2470
2471                $cmd =~ s/^x\b/ / && do {    # Remainder gets done by DB::eval()
2472                    $onetimeDump = 'dump';    # main::dumpvar shows the output
2473
2474                    # handle special  "x 3 blah" syntax XXX propagate
2475                    # doc back to special variables.
2476                    if ( $cmd =~ s/^\s*(\d+)(?=\s)/ / ) {
2477                        $onetimedumpDepth = $1;
2478                    }
2479                };
2480
2481=head4 C<m> - print methods
2482
2483Just uses C<DB::methods> to determine what methods are available.
2484
2485=cut
2486
2487                $cmd =~ s/^m\s+([\w:]+)\s*$/ / && do {
2488                    methods($1);
2489                    next CMD;
2490                };
2491
2492                # m expr - set up DB::eval to do the work
2493                $cmd =~ s/^m\b/ / && do {    # Rest gets done by DB::eval()
2494                    $onetimeDump = 'methods';   #  method output gets used there
2495                };
2496
2497=head4 C<f> - switch files
2498
2499=cut
2500
2501                $cmd =~ /^f\b\s*(.*)/ && do {
2502                    $file = $1;
2503                    $file =~ s/\s+$//;
2504
2505                    # help for no arguments (old-style was return from sub).
2506                    if ( !$file ) {
2507                        print $OUT
2508                          "The old f command is now the r command.\n";    # hint
2509                        print $OUT "The new f command switches filenames.\n";
2510                        next CMD;
2511                    } ## end if (!$file)
2512
2513                    # if not in magic file list, try a close match.
2514                    if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2515                        if ( ($try) = grep( m#^_<.*$file#, keys %main:: ) ) {
2516                            {
2517                                $try = substr( $try, 2 );
2518                                print $OUT "Choosing $try matching `$file':\n";
2519                                $file = $try;
2520                            }
2521                        } ## end if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#...
2522                    } ## end if (!defined $main::{ ...
2523
2524                    # If not successfully switched now, we failed.
2525                    if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2526                        print $OUT "No file matching `$file' is loaded.\n";
2527                        next CMD;
2528                    }
2529
2530                    # We switched, so switch the debugger internals around.
2531                    elsif ( $file ne $filename ) {
2532                        *dbline   = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
2533                        $max      = $#dbline;
2534                        $filename = $file;
2535                        $start    = 1;
2536                        $cmd      = "l";
2537                    } ## end elsif ($file ne $filename)
2538
2539                    # We didn't switch; say we didn't.
2540                    else {
2541                        print $OUT "Already in $file.\n";
2542                        next CMD;
2543                    }
2544                };
2545
2546=head4 C<.> - return to last-executed line.
2547
2548We set C<$incr> to -1 to indicate that the debugger shouldn't move ahead,
2549and then we look up the line in the magical C<%dbline> hash.
2550
2551=cut
2552
2553                # . command.
2554                $cmd =~ /^\.$/ && do {
2555                    $incr = -1;    # stay at current line
2556
2557                    # Reset everything to the old location.
2558                    $start    = $line;
2559                    $filename = $filename_ini;
2560                    *dbline   = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2561                    $max      = $#dbline;
2562
2563                    # Now where are we?
2564                    print_lineinfo($position);
2565                    next CMD;
2566                };
2567
2568=head4 C<-> - back one window
2569
2570We change C<$start> to be one window back; if we go back past the first line,
2571we set it to be the first line. We ser C<$incr> to put us back at the
2572currently-executing line, and then put a C<l $start +> (list one window from
2573C<$start>) in C<$cmd> to be executed later.
2574
2575=cut
2576
2577                # - - back a window.
2578                $cmd =~ /^-$/ && do {
2579
2580                    # back up by a window; go to 1 if back too far.
2581                    $start -= $incr + $window + 1;
2582                    $start = 1 if $start <= 0;
2583                    $incr  = $window - 1;
2584
2585                    # Generate and execute a "l +" command (handled below).
2586                    $cmd = 'l ' . ($start) . '+';
2587                };
2588
2589=head3 PRE-580 COMMANDS VS. NEW COMMANDS: C<a, A, b, B, h, l, L, M, o, O, P, v, w, W, E<lt>, E<lt>E<lt>, {, {{>
2590
2591In Perl 5.8.0, a realignment of the commands was done to fix up a number of
2592problems, most notably that the default case of several commands destroying
2593the user's work in setting watchpoints, actions, etc. We wanted, however, to
2594retain the old commands for those who were used to using them or who preferred
2595them. At this point, we check for the new commands and call C<cmd_wrapper> to
2596deal with them instead of processing them in-line.
2597
2598=cut
2599
2600                # All of these commands were remapped in perl 5.8.0;
2601                # we send them off to the secondary dispatcher (see below).
2602                $cmd =~ /^([aAbBeEhilLMoOPvwW]\b|[<>\{]{1,2})\s*(.*)/so && do {
2603                    &cmd_wrapper( $1, $2, $line );
2604                    next CMD;
2605                };
2606
2607=head4 C<y> - List lexicals in higher scope
2608
2609Uses C<PadWalker> to find the lexicals supplied as arguments in a scope
2610above the current one and then displays then using C<dumpvar.pl>.
2611
2612=cut
2613
2614                $cmd =~ /^y(?:\s+(\d*)\s*(.*))?$/ && do {
2615
2616                    # See if we've got the necessary support.
2617                    eval { require PadWalker; PadWalker->VERSION(0.08) }
2618                      or &warn(
2619                        $@ =~ /locate/
2620                        ? "PadWalker module not found - please install\n"
2621                        : $@
2622                      )
2623                      and next CMD;
2624
2625                    # Load up dumpvar if we don't have it. If we can, that is.
2626                    do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2627                    defined &main::dumpvar
2628                      or print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"
2629                      and next CMD;
2630
2631                    # Got all the modules we need. Find them and print them.
2632                    my @vars = split( ' ', $2 || '' );
2633
2634                    # Find the pad.
2635                    my $h = eval { PadWalker::peek_my( ( $1 || 0 ) + 1 ) };
2636
2637                    # Oops. Can't find it.
2638                    $@ and $@ =~ s/ at .*//, &warn($@), next CMD;
2639
2640                    # Show the desired vars with dumplex().
2641                    my $savout = select($OUT);
2642
2643                    # Have dumplex dump the lexicals.
2644                    dumpvar::dumplex( $_, $h->{$_},
2645                        defined $option{dumpDepth} ? $option{dumpDepth} : -1,
2646                        @vars )
2647                      for sort keys %$h;
2648                    select($savout);
2649                    next CMD;
2650                };
2651
2652=head3 COMMANDS NOT WORKING AFTER PROGRAM ENDS
2653
2654All of the commands below this point don't work after the program being
2655debugged has ended. All of them check to see if the program has ended; this
2656allows the commands to be relocated without worrying about a 'line of
2657demarcation' above which commands can be entered anytime, and below which
2658they can't.
2659
2660=head4 C<n> - single step, but don't trace down into subs
2661
2662Done by setting C<$single> to 2, which forces subs to execute straight through
2663when entered (see C<DB::sub>). We also save the C<n> command in C<$laststep>,
2664so a null command knows what to re-execute.
2665
2666=cut
2667
2668                # n - next
2669                $cmd =~ /^n$/ && do {
2670                    end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2671
2672                    # Single step, but don't enter subs.
2673                    $single = 2;
2674
2675                    # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2676                    $laststep = $cmd;
2677                    last CMD;
2678                };
2679
2680=head4 C<s> - single-step, entering subs
2681
2682Sets C<$single> to 1, which causes C<DB::sub> to continue tracing inside
2683subs. Also saves C<s> as C<$lastcmd>.
2684
2685=cut
2686
2687                # s - single step.
2688                $cmd =~ /^s$/ && do {
2689
2690                    # Get out and restart the command loop if program
2691                    # has finished.
2692                    end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2693
2694                    # Single step should enter subs.
2695                    $single = 1;
2696
2697                    # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2698                    $laststep = $cmd;
2699                    last CMD;
2700                };
2701
2702=head4 C<c> - run continuously, setting an optional breakpoint
2703
2704Most of the code for this command is taken up with locating the optional
2705breakpoint, which is either a subroutine name or a line number. We set
2706the appropriate one-time-break in C<@dbline> and then turn off single-stepping
2707in this and all call levels above this one.
2708
2709=cut
2710
2711                # c - start continuous execution.
2712                $cmd =~ /^c\b\s*([\w:]*)\s*$/ && do {
2713
2714                    # Hey, show's over. The debugged program finished
2715                    # executing already.
2716                    end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2717
2718                    # Capture the place to put a one-time break.
2719                    $subname = $i = $1;
2720
2721                    #  Probably not needed, since we finish an interactive
2722                    #  sub-session anyway...
2723                    # local $filename = $filename;
2724                    # local *dbline = *dbline; # XXX Would this work?!
2725                    #
2726                    # The above question wonders if localizing the alias
2727                    # to the magic array works or not. Since it's commented
2728                    # out, we'll just leave that to speculation for now.
2729
2730                    # If the "subname" isn't all digits, we'll assume it
2731                    # is a subroutine name, and try to find it.
2732                    if ( $subname =~ /\D/ ) {    # subroutine name
2733                            # Qualify it to the current package unless it's
2734                            # already qualified.
2735                        $subname = $package . "::" . $subname
2736                          unless $subname =~ /::/;
2737
2738                        # find_sub will return "file:line_number" corresponding
2739                        # to where the subroutine is defined; we call find_sub,
2740                        # break up the return value, and assign it in one
2741                        # operation.
2742                        ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(.*)$/ );
2743
2744                        # Force the line number to be numeric.
2745                        $i += 0;
2746
2747                        # If we got a line number, we found the sub.
2748                        if ($i) {
2749
2750                            # Switch all the debugger's internals around so
2751                            # we're actually working with that file.
2752                            $filename = $file;
2753                            *dbline   = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2754
2755                            # Mark that there's a breakpoint in this file.
2756                            $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
2757
2758                            # Scan forward to the first executable line
2759                            # after the 'sub whatever' line.
2760                            $max = $#dbline;
2761                            ++$i while $dbline[$i] == 0 && $i < $max;
2762                        } ## end if ($i)
2763
2764                        # We didn't find a sub by that name.
2765                        else {
2766                            print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
2767                            next CMD;
2768                        }
2769                    } ## end if ($subname =~ /\D/)
2770
2771                    # At this point, either the subname was all digits (an
2772                    # absolute line-break request) or we've scanned through
2773                    # the code following the definition of the sub, looking
2774                    # for an executable, which we may or may not have found.
2775                    #
2776                    # If $i (which we set $subname from) is non-zero, we
2777                    # got a request to break at some line somewhere. On
2778                    # one hand, if there wasn't any real subroutine name
2779                    # involved, this will be a request to break in the current
2780                    # file at the specified line, so we have to check to make
2781                    # sure that the line specified really is breakable.
2782                    #
2783                    # On the other hand, if there was a subname supplied, the
2784                    # preceding block has moved us to the proper file and
2785                    # location within that file, and then scanned forward
2786                    # looking for the next executable line. We have to make
2787                    # sure that one was found.
2788                    #
2789                    # On the gripping hand, we can't do anything unless the
2790                    # current value of $i points to a valid breakable line.
2791                    # Check that.
2792                    if ($i) {
2793
2794                        # Breakable?
2795                        if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
2796                            print $OUT "Line $i not breakable.\n";
2797                            next CMD;
2798                        }
2799
2800                        # Yes. Set up the one-time-break sigil.
2801                        $dbline{$i} =~ s/($|\0)/;9$1/;  # add one-time-only b.p.
2802                    } ## end if ($i)
2803
2804                    # Turn off stack tracing from here up.
2805                    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
2806                        $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
2807                    }
2808                    last CMD;
2809                };
2810
2811=head4 C<r> - return from a subroutine
2812
2813For C<r> to work properly, the debugger has to stop execution again
2814immediately after the return is executed. This is done by forcing
2815single-stepping to be on in the call level above the current one. If
2816we are printing return values when a C<r> is executed, set C<$doret>
2817appropriately, and force us out of the command loop.
2818
2819=cut
2820
2821                # r - return from the current subroutine.
2822                $cmd =~ /^r$/ && do {
2823
2824                    # Can't do anythign if the program's over.
2825                    end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2826
2827                    # Turn on stack trace.
2828                    $stack[$stack_depth] |= 1;
2829
2830                    # Print return value unless the stack is empty.
2831                    $doret = $option{PrintRet} ? $stack_depth - 1 : -2;
2832                    last CMD;
2833                };
2834
2835=head4 C<T> - stack trace
2836
2837Just calls C<DB::print_trace>.
2838
2839=cut
2840
2841                $cmd =~ /^T$/ && do {
2842                    print_trace( $OUT, 1 );    # skip DB
2843                    next CMD;
2844                };
2845
2846=head4 C<w> - List window around current line.
2847
2848Just calls C<DB::cmd_w>.
2849
2850=cut
2851
2852                $cmd =~ /^w\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_w( 'w', $1 ); next CMD; };
2853
2854=head4 C<W> - watch-expression processing.
2855
2856Just calls C<DB::cmd_W>.
2857
2858=cut
2859
2860                $cmd =~ /^W\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_W( 'W', $1 ); next CMD; };
2861
2862=head4 C</> - search forward for a string in the source
2863
2864We take the argument and treat it as a pattern. If it turns out to be a
2865bad one, we return the error we got from trying to C<eval> it and exit.
2866If not, we create some code to do the search and C<eval> it so it can't
2867mess us up.
2868
2869=cut
2870
2871                $cmd =~ /^\/(.*)$/ && do {
2872
2873                    # The pattern as a string.
2874                    $inpat = $1;
2875
2876                    # Remove the final slash.
2877                    $inpat =~ s:([^\\])/$:$1:;
2878
2879                    # If the pattern isn't null ...
2880                    if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2881
2882                        # Turn of warn and die procesing for a bit.
2883                        local $SIG{__DIE__};
2884                        local $SIG{__WARN__};
2885
2886                        # Create the pattern.
2887                        eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2888                        if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2889
2890                            # Oops. Bad pattern. No biscuit.
2891                            # Print the eval error and go back for more
2892                            # commands.
2893                            print $OUT "$@";
2894                            next CMD;
2895                        }
2896                        $pat = $inpat;
2897                    } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2898
2899                    # Set up to stop on wrap-around.
2900                    $end = $start;
2901
2902                    # Don't move off the current line.
2903                    $incr = -1;
2904
2905                    # Done in eval so nothing breaks if the pattern
2906                    # does something weird.
2907                    eval '
2908                        for (;;) {
2909                            # Move ahead one line.
2910                            ++$start;
2911
2912                            # Wrap if we pass the last line.
2913                            $start = 1 if ($start > $max);
2914
2915                            # Stop if we have gotten back to this line again,
2916                            last if ($start == $end);
2917
2918                            # A hit! (Note, though, that we are doing
2919                            # case-insensitive matching. Maybe a qr//
2920                            # expression would be better, so the user could
2921                            # do case-sensitive matching if desired.
2922                            if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2923                                if ($slave_editor) {
2924                                    # Handle proper escaping in the slave.
2925                                    print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2926                                }
2927                                else {
2928                                    # Just print the line normally.
2929                                    print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2930                                }
2931                                # And quit since we found something.
2932                                last;
2933                            }
2934                         } ';
2935
2936                    # If we wrapped, there never was a match.
2937                    print $OUT "/$pat/: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
2938                    next CMD;
2939                };
2940
2941=head4 C<?> - search backward for a string in the source
2942
2943Same as for C</>, except the loop runs backwards.
2944
2945=cut
2946
2947                # ? - backward pattern search.
2948                $cmd =~ /^\?(.*)$/ && do {
2949
2950                    # Get the pattern, remove trailing question mark.
2951                    $inpat = $1;
2952                    $inpat =~ s:([^\\])\?$:$1:;
2953
2954                    # If we've got one ...
2955                    if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2956
2957                        # Turn off die & warn handlers.
2958                        local $SIG{__DIE__};
2959                        local $SIG{__WARN__};
2960                        eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2961
2962                        if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2963
2964                            # Ouch. Not good. Print the error.
2965                            print $OUT $@;
2966                            next CMD;
2967                        }
2968                        $pat = $inpat;
2969                    } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2970
2971                    # Where we are now is where to stop after wraparound.
2972                    $end = $start;
2973
2974                    # Don't move away from this line.
2975                    $incr = -1;
2976
2977                    # Search inside the eval to prevent pattern badness
2978                    # from killing us.
2979                    eval '
2980                        for (;;) {
2981                            # Back up a line.
2982                            --$start;
2983
2984                            # Wrap if we pass the first line.
2985
2986                            $start = $max if ($start <= 0);
2987
2988                            # Quit if we get back where we started,
2989                            last if ($start == $end);
2990
2991                            # Match?
2992                            if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2993                                if ($slave_editor) {
2994                                    # Yep, follow slave editor requirements.
2995                                    print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2996                                }
2997                                else {
2998                                    # Yep, just print normally.
2999                                    print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
3000                                }
3001
3002                                # Found, so done.
3003                                last;
3004                            }
3005                        } ';
3006
3007                    # Say we failed if the loop never found anything,
3008                    print $OUT "?$pat?: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
3009                    next CMD;
3010                };
3011
3012=head4 C<$rc> - Recall command
3013
3014Manages the commands in C<@hist> (which is created if C<Term::ReadLine> reports
3015that the terminal supports history). It find the command required, puts it
3016into C<$cmd>, and redoes the loop to execute it.
3017
3018=cut
3019
3020                # $rc - recall command.
3021                $cmd =~ /^$rc+\s*(-)?(\d+)?$/ && do {
3022
3023                    # No arguments, take one thing off history.
3024                    pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3025
3026                    # Relative (- found)?
3027                    #  Y - index back from most recent (by 1 if bare minus)
3028                    #  N - go to that particular command slot or the last
3029                    #      thing if nothing following.
3030                    $i = $1 ? ( $#hist - ( $2 || 1 ) ) : ( $2 || $#hist );
3031
3032                    # Pick out the command desired.
3033                    $cmd = $hist[$i];
3034
3035                    # Print the command to be executed and restart the loop
3036                    # with that command in the buffer.
3037                    print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3038                    redo CMD;
3039                };
3040
3041=head4 C<$sh$sh> - C<system()> command
3042
3043Calls the C<DB::system()> to handle the command. This keeps the C<STDIN> and
3044C<STDOUT> from getting messed up.
3045
3046=cut
3047
3048                # $sh$sh - run a shell command (if it's all ASCII).
3049                # Can't run shell commands with Unicode in the debugger, hmm.
3050                $cmd =~ /^$sh$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3051
3052                    # System it.
3053                    &system($1);
3054                    next CMD;
3055                };
3056
3057=head4 C<$rc I<pattern> $rc> - Search command history
3058
3059Another command to manipulate C<@hist>: this one searches it with a pattern.
3060If a command is found, it is placed in C<$cmd> and executed via C<redo>.
3061
3062=cut
3063
3064                # $rc pattern $rc - find a command in the history.
3065                $cmd =~ /^$rc([^$rc].*)$/ && do {
3066
3067                    # Create the pattern to use.
3068                    $pat = "^$1";
3069
3070                    # Toss off last entry if length is >1 (and it always is).
3071                    pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3072
3073                    # Look backward through the history.
3074                    for ( $i = $#hist ; $i ; --$i ) {
3075
3076                        # Stop if we find it.
3077                        last if $hist[$i] =~ /$pat/;
3078                    }
3079
3080                    if ( !$i ) {
3081
3082                        # Never found it.
3083                        print $OUT "No such command!\n\n";
3084                        next CMD;
3085                    }
3086
3087                    # Found it. Put it in the buffer, print it, and process it.
3088                    $cmd = $hist[$i];
3089                    print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3090                    redo CMD;
3091                };
3092
3093=head4 C<$sh> - Invoke a shell
3094
3095Uses C<DB::system> to invoke a shell.
3096
3097=cut
3098
3099                # $sh - start a shell.
3100                $cmd =~ /^$sh$/ && do {
3101
3102                    # Run the user's shell. If none defined, run Bourne.
3103                    # We resume execution when the shell terminates.
3104                    &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh" );
3105                    next CMD;
3106                };
3107
3108=head4 C<$sh I<command>> - Force execution of a command in a shell
3109
3110Like the above, but the command is passed to the shell. Again, we use
3111C<DB::system> to avoid problems with C<STDIN> and C<STDOUT>.
3112
3113=cut
3114
3115                # $sh command - start a shell and run a command in it.
3116                $cmd =~ /^$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3117
3118                    # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
3119                    #&system($1);  # use this instead
3120
3121                    # use the user's shell, or Bourne if none defined.
3122                    &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh", "-c", $1 );
3123                    next CMD;
3124                };
3125
3126=head4 C<H> - display commands in history
3127
3128Prints the contents of C<@hist> (if any).
3129
3130=cut
3131
3132                $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*\*/ && do {
3133                    @hist = @truehist = ();
3134                    print $OUT "History cleansed\n";
3135                    next CMD;
3136                };
3137
3138                $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*(-(\d+))?/ && do {
3139
3140                    # Anything other than negative numbers is ignored by
3141                    # the (incorrect) pattern, so this test does nothing.
3142                    $end = $2 ? ( $#hist - $2 ) : 0;
3143
3144                    # Set to the minimum if less than zero.
3145                    $hist = 0 if $hist < 0;
3146
3147                    # Start at the end of the array.
3148                    # Stay in while we're still above the ending value.
3149                    # Tick back by one each time around the loop.
3150                    for ( $i = $#hist ; $i > $end ; $i-- ) {
3151
3152                        # Print the command  unless it has no arguments.
3153                        print $OUT "$i: ", $hist[$i], "\n"
3154                          unless $hist[$i] =~ /^.?$/;
3155                    }
3156                    next CMD;
3157                };
3158
3159=head4 C<man, doc, perldoc> - look up documentation
3160
3161Just calls C<runman()> to print the appropriate document.
3162
3163=cut
3164
3165                # man, perldoc, doc - show manual pages.
3166                $cmd =~ /^(?:man|(?:perl)?doc)\b(?:\s+([^(]*))?$/ && do {
3167                    runman($1);
3168                    next CMD;
3169                };
3170
3171=head4 C<p> - print
3172
3173Builds a C<print EXPR> expression in the C<$cmd>; this will get executed at
3174the bottom of the loop.
3175
3176=cut
3177
3178                # p - print (no args): print $_.
3179                $cmd =~ s/^p$/print {\$DB::OUT} \$_/;
3180
3181                # p - print the given expression.
3182                $cmd =~ s/^p\b/print {\$DB::OUT} /;
3183
3184=head4 C<=> - define command alias
3185
3186Manipulates C<%alias> to add or list command aliases.
3187
3188=cut
3189
3190                # = - set up a command alias.
3191                $cmd =~ s/^=\s*// && do {
3192                    my @keys;
3193                    if ( length $cmd == 0 ) {
3194
3195                        # No args, get current aliases.
3196                        @keys = sort keys %alias;
3197                    }
3198                    elsif ( my ( $k, $v ) = ( $cmd =~ /^(\S+)\s+(\S.*)/ ) ) {
3199
3200                        # Creating a new alias. $k is alias name, $v is
3201                        # alias value.
3202
3203                        # can't use $_ or kill //g state
3204                        for my $x ( $k, $v ) {
3205
3206                            # Escape "alarm" characters.
3207                            $x =~ s/\a/\\a/g;
3208                        }
3209
3210                        # Substitute key for value, using alarm chars
3211                        # as separators (which is why we escaped them in
3212                        # the command).
3213                        $alias{$k} = "s\a$k\a$v\a";
3214
3215                        # Turn off standard warn and die behavior.
3216                        local $SIG{__DIE__};
3217                        local $SIG{__WARN__};
3218
3219                        # Is it valid Perl?
3220                        unless ( eval "sub { s\a$k\a$v\a }; 1" ) {
3221
3222                            # Nope. Bad alias. Say so and get out.
3223                            print $OUT "Can't alias $k to $v: $@\n";
3224                            delete $alias{$k};
3225                            next CMD;
3226                        }
3227
3228                        # We'll only list the new one.
3229                        @keys = ($k);
3230                    } ## end elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd...
3231
3232                    # The argument is the alias to list.
3233                    else {
3234                        @keys = ($cmd);
3235                    }
3236
3237                    # List aliases.
3238                    for my $k (@keys) {
3239
3240                        # Messy metaquoting: Trim the substiution code off.
3241                        # We use control-G as the delimiter because it's not
3242                        # likely to appear in the alias.
3243                        if ( ( my $v = $alias{$k} ) =~ ss\a$k\a(.*)\a$1 ) {
3244
3245                            # Print the alias.
3246                            print $OUT "$k\t= $1\n";
3247                        }
3248                        elsif ( defined $alias{$k} ) {
3249
3250                            # Couldn't trim it off; just print the alias code.
3251                            print $OUT "$k\t$alias{$k}\n";
3252                        }
3253                        else {
3254
3255                            # No such, dude.
3256                            print "No alias for $k\n";
3257                        }
3258                    } ## end for my $k (@keys)
3259                    next CMD;
3260                };
3261
3262=head4 C<source> - read commands from a file.
3263
3264Opens a lexical filehandle and stacks it on C<@cmdfhs>; C<DB::readline> will
3265pick it up.
3266
3267=cut
3268
3269                # source - read commands from a file (or pipe!) and execute.
3270                $cmd =~ /^source\s+(.*\S)/ && do {
3271                    if ( open my $fh, $1 ) {
3272
3273                        # Opened OK; stick it in the list of file handles.
3274                        push @cmdfhs, $fh;
3275                    }
3276                    else {
3277
3278                        # Couldn't open it.
3279                        &warn("Can't execute `$1': $!\n");
3280                    }
3281                    next CMD;
3282                };
3283
3284=head4 C<save> - send current history to a file
3285
3286Takes the complete history, (not the shrunken version you see with C<H>),
3287and saves it to the given filename, so it can be replayed using C<source>.
3288
3289Note that all C<^(save|source)>'s are commented out with a view to minimise recursion.
3290
3291=cut
3292
3293                # save source - write commands to a file for later use
3294                $cmd =~ /^save\s*(.*)$/ && do {
3295                    my $file = $1 || '.perl5dbrc';    # default?
3296                    if ( open my $fh, "> $file" ) {
3297
3298                       # chomp to remove extraneous newlines from source'd files
3299                        chomp( my @truelist =
3300                              map { m/^\s*(save|source)/ ? "#$_" : $_ }
3301                              @truehist );
3302                        print $fh join( "\n", @truelist );
3303                        print "commands saved in $file\n";
3304                    }
3305                    else {
3306                        &warn("Can't save debugger commands in '$1': $!\n");
3307                    }
3308                    next CMD;
3309                };
3310
3311=head4 C<R> - restart
3312
3313Restart the debugger session.
3314
3315=head4 C<rerun> - rerun the current session
3316
3317Return to any given position in the B<true>-history list
3318
3319=cut
3320
3321                # R - restart execution.
3322                # rerun - controlled restart execution.
3323                $cmd =~ /^(R|rerun\s*(.*))$/ && do {
3324                    my @args = ($1 eq 'R' ? restart() : rerun($2));
3325
3326                    # Close all non-system fds for a clean restart.  A more
3327                    # correct method would be to close all fds that were not
3328                    # open when the process started, but this seems to be
3329                    # hard.  See "debugger 'R'estart and open database
3330                    # connections" on p5p.
3331
3332                    my $max_fd = 1024; # default if POSIX can't be loaded
3333                    if (eval { require POSIX }) {
3334                        $max_fd = POSIX::sysconf(POSIX::_SC_OPEN_MAX());
3335                    }
3336
3337                    if (defined $max_fd) {
3338                        foreach ($^F+1 .. $max_fd-1) {
3339                            next unless open FD_TO_CLOSE, "<&=$_";
3340                            close(FD_TO_CLOSE);
3341                        }
3342                    }
3343
3344                    # And run Perl again.  We use exec() to keep the
3345                    # PID stable (and that way $ini_pids is still valid).
3346                    exec(@args) || print $OUT "exec failed: $!\n";
3347
3348                    last CMD;
3349                };
3350
3351=head4 C<|, ||> - pipe output through the pager.
3352
3353For C<|>, we save C<OUT> (the debugger's output filehandle) and C<STDOUT>
3354(the program's standard output). For C<||>, we only save C<OUT>. We open a
3355pipe to the pager (restoring the output filehandles if this fails). If this
3356is the C<|> command, we also set up a C<SIGPIPE> handler which will simply
3357set C<$signal>, sending us back into the debugger.
3358
3359We then trim off the pipe symbols and C<redo> the command loop at the
3360C<PIPE> label, causing us to evaluate the command in C<$cmd> without
3361reading another.
3362
3363=cut
3364
3365                # || - run command in the pager, with output to DB::OUT.
3366                $cmd =~ /^\|\|?\s*[^|]/ && do {
3367                    if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3368
3369                        # Default pager is into a pipe. Redirect I/O.
3370                        open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" )
3371                          || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
3372                        open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" )
3373                          || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
3374                    } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3375                    else {
3376
3377                        # Not into a pipe. STDOUT is safe.
3378                        open( SAVEOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't save DB::OUT");
3379                    }
3380
3381                    # Fix up environment to record we have less if so.
3382                    fix_less();
3383
3384                    unless ( $piped = open( OUT, $pager ) ) {
3385
3386                        # Couldn't open pipe to pager.
3387                        &warn("Can't pipe output to `$pager'");
3388                        if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3389
3390                            # Redirect I/O back again.
3391                            open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" )    # XXX: lost message
3392                              || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3393                            open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3394                              || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3395                            close(SAVEOUT);
3396                        } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3397                        else {
3398
3399                            # Redirect I/O. STDOUT already safe.
3400                            open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" )    # XXX: lost message
3401                              || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3402                        }
3403                        next CMD;
3404                    } ## end unless ($piped = open(OUT,...
3405
3406                    # Set up broken-pipe handler if necessary.
3407                    $SIG{PIPE} = \&DB::catch
3408                      if $pager =~ /^\|/
3409                      && ( "" eq $SIG{PIPE} || "DEFAULT" eq $SIG{PIPE} );
3410
3411                    # Save current filehandle, unbuffer out, and put it back.
3412                    $selected = select(OUT);
3413                    $|        = 1;
3414
3415                    # Don't put it back if pager was a pipe.
3416                    select($selected), $selected = "" unless $cmd =~ /^\|\|/;
3417
3418                    # Trim off the pipe symbols and run the command now.
3419                    $cmd =~ s/^\|+\s*//;
3420                    redo PIPE;
3421                };
3422
3423=head3 END OF COMMAND PARSING
3424
3425Anything left in C<$cmd> at this point is a Perl expression that we want to
3426evaluate. We'll always evaluate in the user's context, and fully qualify
3427any variables we might want to address in the C<DB> package.
3428
3429=cut
3430
3431                # t - turn trace on.
3432                $cmd =~ s/^t\s/\$DB::trace |= 1;\n/;
3433
3434                # s - single-step. Remember the last command was 's'.
3435                $cmd =~ s/^s\s/\$DB::single = 1;\n/ && do { $laststep = 's' };
3436
3437                # n - single-step, but not into subs. Remember last command
3438                # was 'n'.
3439                $cmd =~ s/^n\s/\$DB::single = 2;\n/ && do { $laststep = 'n' };
3440
3441            }    # PIPE:
3442
3443            # Make sure the flag that says "the debugger's running" is
3444            # still on, to make sure we get control again.
3445            $evalarg = "\$^D = \$^D | \$DB::db_stop;\n$cmd";
3446
3447            # Run *our* eval that executes in the caller's context.
3448            &eval;
3449
3450            # Turn off the one-time-dump stuff now.
3451            if ($onetimeDump) {
3452                $onetimeDump      = undef;
3453                $onetimedumpDepth = undef;
3454            }
3455            elsif ( $term_pid == $$ ) {
3456		eval {		# May run under miniperl, when not available...
3457                    STDOUT->flush();
3458                    STDERR->flush();
3459		};
3460
3461                # XXX If this is the master pid, print a newline.
3462                print $OUT "\n";
3463            }
3464        } ## end while (($term || &setterm...
3465
3466=head3 POST-COMMAND PROCESSING
3467
3468After each command, we check to see if the command output was piped anywhere.
3469If so, we go through the necessary code to unhook the pipe and go back to
3470our standard filehandles for input and output.
3471
3472=cut
3473
3474        continue {    # CMD:
3475
3476            # At the end of every command:
3477            if ($piped) {
3478
3479                # Unhook the pipe mechanism now.
3480                if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3481
3482                    # No error from the child.
3483                    $? = 0;
3484
3485                    # we cannot warn here: the handle is missing --tchrist
3486                    close(OUT) || print SAVEOUT "\nCan't close DB::OUT\n";
3487
3488                    # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
3489                    # $? is explicitly set to 0, so this never runs.
3490                    if ($?) {
3491                        print SAVEOUT "Pager `$pager' failed: ";
3492                        if ( $? == -1 ) {
3493                            print SAVEOUT "shell returned -1\n";
3494                        }
3495                        elsif ( $? >> 8 ) {
3496                            print SAVEOUT ( $? & 127 )
3497                              ? " (SIG#" . ( $? & 127 ) . ")"
3498                              : "", ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n";
3499                        }
3500                        else {
3501                            print SAVEOUT "status ", ( $? >> 8 ), "\n";
3502                        }
3503                    } ## end if ($?)
3504
3505                    # Reopen filehandle for our output (if we can) and
3506                    # restore STDOUT (if we can).
3507                    open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3508                    open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3509                      || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3510
3511                    # Turn off pipe exception handler if necessary.
3512                    $SIG{PIPE} = "DEFAULT" if $SIG{PIPE} eq \&DB::catch;
3513
3514                    # Will stop ignoring SIGPIPE if done like nohup(1)
3515                    # does SIGINT but Perl doesn't give us a choice.
3516                } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3517                else {
3518
3519                    # Non-piped "pager". Just restore STDOUT.
3520                    open( OUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3521                }
3522
3523                # Close filehandle pager was using, restore the normal one
3524                # if necessary,
3525                close(SAVEOUT);
3526                select($selected), $selected = "" unless $selected eq "";
3527
3528                # No pipes now.
3529                $piped = "";
3530            } ## end if ($piped)
3531        }    # CMD:
3532
3533=head3 COMMAND LOOP TERMINATION
3534
3535When commands have finished executing, we come here. If the user closed the
3536input filehandle, we turn on C<$fall_off_end> to emulate a C<q> command. We
3537evaluate any post-prompt items. We restore C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>,
3538C<$\>, and C<$^W>, and return a null list as expected by the Perl interpreter.
3539The interpreter will then execute the next line and then return control to us
3540again.
3541
3542=cut
3543
3544        # No more commands? Quit.
3545        $fall_off_end = 1 unless defined $cmd;    # Emulate `q' on EOF
3546
3547        # Evaluate post-prompt commands.
3548        foreach $evalarg (@$post) {
3549            &eval;
3550        }
3551    }    # if ($single || $signal)
3552
3553    # Put the user's globals back where you found them.
3554    ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W ) = @saved;
3555    ();
3556} ## end sub DB
3557
3558# The following code may be executed now:
3559# BEGIN {warn 4}
3560
3561=head2 sub
3562
3563C<sub> is called whenever a subroutine call happens in the program being
3564debugged. The variable C<$DB::sub> contains the name of the subroutine
3565being called.
3566
3567The core function of this subroutine is to actually call the sub in the proper
3568context, capturing its output. This of course causes C<DB::DB> to get called
3569again, repeating until the subroutine ends and returns control to C<DB::sub>
3570again. Once control returns, C<DB::sub> figures out whether or not to dump the
3571return value, and returns its captured copy of the return value as its own
3572return value. The value then feeds back into the program being debugged as if
3573C<DB::sub> hadn't been there at all.
3574
3575C<sub> does all the work of printing the subroutine entry and exit messages
3576enabled by setting C<$frame>. It notes what sub the autoloader got called for,
3577and also prints the return value if needed (for the C<r> command and if
3578the 16 bit is set in C<$frame>).
3579
3580It also tracks the subroutine call depth by saving the current setting of
3581C<$single> in the C<@stack> package global; if this exceeds the value in
3582C<$deep>, C<sub> automatically turns on printing of the current depth by
3583setting the C<4> bit in C<$single>. In any case, it keeps the current setting
3584of stop/don't stop on entry to subs set as it currently is set.
3585
3586=head3 C<caller()> support
3587
3588If C<caller()> is called from the package C<DB>, it provides some
3589additional data, in the following order:
3590
3591=over 4
3592
3593=item * C<$package>
3594
3595The package name the sub was in
3596
3597=item * C<$filename>
3598
3599The filename it was defined in
3600
3601=item * C<$line>
3602
3603The line number it was defined on
3604
3605=item * C<$subroutine>
3606
3607The subroutine name; C<(eval)> if an C<eval>().
3608
3609=item * C<$hasargs>
3610
36111 if it has arguments, 0 if not
3612
3613=item * C<$wantarray>
3614
36151 if array context, 0 if scalar context
3616
3617=item * C<$evaltext>
3618
3619The C<eval>() text, if any (undefined for C<eval BLOCK>)
3620
3621=item * C<$is_require>
3622
3623frame was created by a C<use> or C<require> statement
3624
3625=item * C<$hints>
3626
3627pragma information; subject to change between versions
3628
3629=item * C<$bitmask>
3630
3631pragma information; subject to change between versions
3632
3633=item * C<@DB::args>
3634
3635arguments with which the subroutine was invoked
3636
3637=back
3638
3639=cut
3640
3641sub sub {
3642	# Do not use a regex in this subroutine -> results in corrupted memory
3643	# See: [perl #66110]
3644
3645	# lock ourselves under threads
3646	lock($DBGR);
3647
3648    # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the
3649    # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's
3650    # return value in (if needed).
3651    my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = "";
3652	if ($sub eq 'threads::new' && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
3653		print "creating new thread\n";
3654	}
3655
3656    # If the last ten characters are '::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced
3657    # into AUTOLOAD for $sub.
3658    if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) {
3659        $al = " for $$sub" if defined $$sub;
3660    }
3661
3662    # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us
3663    # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames
3664    # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically
3665    # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound.
3666    local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1;    # Protect from non-local exits
3667
3668    # Expand @stack.
3669    $#stack = $stack_depth;
3670
3671    # Save current single-step setting.
3672    $stack[-1] = $single;
3673
3674    # Turn off all flags except single-stepping.
3675    $single &= 1;
3676
3677    # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will
3678    # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message.
3679    $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep;
3680
3681    # If frame messages are on ...
3682    (
3683        $frame & 4    # Extended frame entry message
3684        ? (
3685            print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in  " ),
3686
3687            # Why -1? But it works! :-(
3688            # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call
3689            # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames
3690            # in dump_trace.
3691            print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3692          )
3693        : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" )
3694
3695          # standard frame entry message
3696      )
3697      if $frame;
3698
3699    # Determine the sub's return type,and capture approppriately.
3700    if (wantarray) {
3701
3702        # Called in array context. call sub and capture output.
3703        # DB::DB will recursively get control again if appropriate; we'll come
3704        # back here when the sub is finished.
3705	@ret = &$sub;
3706
3707        # Pop the single-step value back off the stack.
3708        $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3709
3710        # Check for exit trace messages...
3711        (
3712            $frame & 4    # Extended exit message
3713            ? (
3714                print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3715                print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3716              )
3717            : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3718
3719              # Standard exit message
3720          )
3721          if $frame & 2;
3722
3723        # Print the return info if we need to.
3724        if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 ) {
3725
3726            # Turn off output record separator.
3727            local $\ = '';
3728            my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3729
3730            # Indent if we're printing because of $frame tracing.
3731            print $fh ' ' x $stack_depth if $frame & 16;
3732
3733            # Print the return value.
3734            print $fh "list context return from $sub:\n";
3735            dumpit( $fh, \@ret );
3736
3737            # And don't print it again.
3738            $doret = -2;
3739        } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3740            # And we have to return the return value now.
3741        @ret;
3742    } ## end if (wantarray)
3743
3744    # Scalar context.
3745    else {
3746	if ( defined wantarray ) {
3747
3748	    # Save the value if it's wanted at all.
3749	    $ret = &$sub;
3750	}
3751	else {
3752
3753	    # Void return, explicitly.
3754	    &$sub;
3755	    undef $ret;
3756	}
3757
3758        # Pop the single-step value off the stack.
3759        $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3760
3761        # If we're doing exit messages...
3762        (
3763            $frame & 4    # Extended messsages
3764            ? (
3765                print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3766                print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3767              )
3768            : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3769
3770              # Standard messages
3771          )
3772          if $frame & 2;
3773
3774        # If we are supposed to show the return value... same as before.
3775        if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 and defined wantarray ) {
3776            local $\ = '';
3777            my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3778            print $fh ( ' ' x $stack_depth ) if $frame & 16;
3779            print $fh (
3780                defined wantarray
3781                ? "scalar context return from $sub: "
3782                : "void context return from $sub\n"
3783            );
3784            dumpit( $fh, $ret ) if defined wantarray;
3785            $doret = -2;
3786        } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3787
3788        # Return the appropriate scalar value.
3789        $ret;
3790    } ## end else [ if (wantarray)
3791} ## end sub sub
3792
3793sub lsub : lvalue {
3794
3795	# lock ourselves under threads
3796	lock($DBGR);
3797
3798    # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the
3799    # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's
3800    # return value in (if needed).
3801    my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = "";
3802	if ($sub =~ /^threads::new$/ && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
3803		print "creating new thread\n";
3804	}
3805
3806    # If the last ten characters are C'::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced
3807    # into AUTOLOAD for $sub.
3808    if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) {
3809        $al = " for $$sub";
3810    }
3811
3812    # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us
3813    # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames
3814    # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically
3815    # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound.
3816    local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1;    # Protect from non-local exits
3817
3818    # Expand @stack.
3819    $#stack = $stack_depth;
3820
3821    # Save current single-step setting.
3822    $stack[-1] = $single;
3823
3824    # Turn off all flags except single-stepping.
3825    $single &= 1;
3826
3827    # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will
3828    # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message.
3829    $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep;
3830
3831    # If frame messages are on ...
3832    (
3833        $frame & 4    # Extended frame entry message
3834        ? (
3835            print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in  " ),
3836
3837            # Why -1? But it works! :-(
3838            # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call
3839            # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames
3840            # in dump_trace.
3841            print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3842          )
3843        : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" )
3844
3845          # standard frame entry message
3846      )
3847      if $frame;
3848
3849    # Pop the single-step value back off the stack.
3850    $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3851
3852    # call the original lvalue sub.
3853    &$sub;
3854}
3855
3856=head1 EXTENDED COMMAND HANDLING AND THE COMMAND API
3857
3858In Perl 5.8.0, there was a major realignment of the commands and what they did,
3859Most of the changes were to systematize the command structure and to eliminate
3860commands that threw away user input without checking.
3861
3862The following sections describe the code added to make it easy to support
3863multiple command sets with conflicting command names. This section is a start
3864at unifying all command processing to make it simpler to develop commands.
3865
3866Note that all the cmd_[a-zA-Z] subroutines require the command name, a line
3867number, and C<$dbline> (the current line) as arguments.
3868
3869Support functions in this section which have multiple modes of failure C<die>
3870on error; the rest simply return a false value.
3871
3872The user-interface functions (all of the C<cmd_*> functions) just output
3873error messages.
3874
3875=head2 C<%set>
3876
3877The C<%set> hash defines the mapping from command letter to subroutine
3878name suffix.
3879
3880C<%set> is a two-level hash, indexed by set name and then by command name.
3881Note that trying to set the CommandSet to C<foobar> simply results in the
38825.8.0 command set being used, since there's no top-level entry for C<foobar>.
3883
3884=cut 
3885
3886### The API section
3887
3888my %set = (    #
3889    'pre580' => {
3890        'a' => 'pre580_a',
3891        'A' => 'pre580_null',
3892        'b' => 'pre580_b',
3893        'B' => 'pre580_null',
3894        'd' => 'pre580_null',
3895        'D' => 'pre580_D',
3896        'h' => 'pre580_h',
3897        'M' => 'pre580_null',
3898        'O' => 'o',
3899        'o' => 'pre580_null',
3900        'v' => 'M',
3901        'w' => 'v',
3902        'W' => 'pre580_W',
3903    },
3904    'pre590' => {
3905        '<'  => 'pre590_prepost',
3906        '<<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3907        '>'  => 'pre590_prepost',
3908        '>>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3909        '{'  => 'pre590_prepost',
3910        '{{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3911    },
3912);
3913
3914=head2 C<cmd_wrapper()> (API)
3915
3916C<cmd_wrapper()> allows the debugger to switch command sets
3917depending on the value of the C<CommandSet> option.
3918
3919It tries to look up the command in the C<%set> package-level I<lexical>
3920(which means external entities can't fiddle with it) and create the name of
3921the sub to call based on the value found in the hash (if it's there). I<All>
3922of the commands to be handled in a set have to be added to C<%set>; if they
3923aren't found, the 5.8.0 equivalent is called (if there is one).
3924
3925This code uses symbolic references.
3926
3927=cut
3928
3929sub cmd_wrapper {
3930    my $cmd      = shift;
3931    my $line     = shift;
3932    my $dblineno = shift;
3933
3934    # Assemble the command subroutine's name by looking up the
3935    # command set and command name in %set. If we can't find it,
3936    # default to the older version of the command.
3937    my $call = 'cmd_'
3938      . ( $set{$CommandSet}{$cmd}
3939          || ( $cmd =~ /^[<>{]+/o ? 'prepost' : $cmd ) );
3940
3941    # Call the command subroutine, call it by name.
3942    return &$call( $cmd, $line, $dblineno );
3943} ## end sub cmd_wrapper
3944
3945=head3 C<cmd_a> (command)
3946
3947The C<a> command handles pre-execution actions. These are associated with a
3948particular line, so they're stored in C<%dbline>. We default to the current
3949line if none is specified.
3950
3951=cut
3952
3953sub cmd_a {
3954    my $cmd    = shift;
3955    my $line   = shift || '';    # [.|line] expr
3956    my $dbline = shift;
3957
3958    # If it's dot (here), or not all digits,  use the current line.
3959    $line =~ s/^(\.|(?:[^\d]))/$dbline/;
3960
3961    # Should be a line number followed by an expression.
3962    if ( $line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/ ) {
3963        my ( $lineno, $expr ) = ( $1, $2 );
3964
3965        # If we have an expression ...
3966        if ( length $expr ) {
3967
3968            # ... but the line isn't breakable, complain.
3969            if ( $dbline[$lineno] == 0 ) {
3970                print $OUT
3971                  "Line $lineno($dbline[$lineno]) does not have an action?\n";
3972            }
3973            else {
3974
3975                # It's executable. Record that the line has an action.
3976                $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
3977
3978                # Remove any action, temp breakpoint, etc.
3979                $dbline{$lineno} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3980
3981                # Add the action to the line.
3982                $dbline{$lineno} .= "\0" . action($expr);
3983            }
3984        } ## end if (length $expr)
3985    } ## end if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/)
3986    else {
3987
3988        # Syntax wrong.
3989        print $OUT
3990          "Adding an action requires an optional lineno and an expression\n"
3991          ;    # hint
3992    }
3993} ## end sub cmd_a
3994
3995=head3 C<cmd_A> (command)
3996
3997Delete actions. Similar to above, except the delete code is in a separate
3998subroutine, C<delete_action>.
3999
4000=cut
4001
4002sub cmd_A {
4003    my $cmd    = shift;
4004    my $line   = shift || '';
4005    my $dbline = shift;
4006
4007    # Dot is this line.
4008    $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4009
4010    # Call delete_action with a null param to delete them all.
4011    # The '1' forces the eval to be true. It'll be false only
4012    # if delete_action blows up for some reason, in which case
4013    # we print $@ and get out.
4014    if ( $line eq '*' ) {
4015        eval { &delete_action(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4016    }
4017
4018    # There's a real line  number. Pass it to delete_action.
4019    # Error trapping is as above.
4020    elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
4021        eval { &delete_action($1); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4022    }
4023
4024    # Swing and a miss. Bad syntax.
4025    else {
4026        print $OUT
4027          "Deleting an action requires a line number, or '*' for all\n" ; # hint
4028    }
4029} ## end sub cmd_A
4030
4031=head3 C<delete_action> (API)
4032
4033C<delete_action> accepts either a line number or C<undef>. If a line number
4034is specified, we check for the line being executable (if it's not, it
4035couldn't have had an  action). If it is, we just take the action off (this
4036will get any kind of an action, including breakpoints).
4037
4038=cut
4039
4040sub delete_action {
4041    my $i = shift;
4042    if ( defined($i) ) {
4043
4044        # Can there be one?
4045        die "Line $i has no action .\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4046
4047        # Nuke whatever's there.
4048        $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;    # \^a
4049        delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4050    }
4051    else {
4052        print $OUT "Deleting all actions...\n";
4053        for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
4054            local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4055            my $max = $#dbline;
4056            my $was;
4057            for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
4058                if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
4059                    $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
4060                    delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4061                }
4062                unless ( $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~2 ) {
4063                    delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
4064                }
4065            } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4066        } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4067    } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
4068} ## end sub delete_action
4069
4070=head3 C<cmd_b> (command)
4071
4072Set breakpoints. Since breakpoints can be set in so many places, in so many
4073ways, conditionally or not, the breakpoint code is kind of complex. Mostly,
4074we try to parse the command type, and then shuttle it off to an appropriate
4075subroutine to actually do the work of setting the breakpoint in the right
4076place.
4077
4078=cut
4079
4080sub cmd_b {
4081    my $cmd    = shift;
4082    my $line   = shift;    # [.|line] [cond]
4083    my $dbline = shift;
4084
4085    # Make . the current line number if it's there..
4086    $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4087
4088    # No line number, no condition. Simple break on current line.
4089    if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4090        &cmd_b_line( $dbline, 1 );
4091    }
4092
4093    # Break on load for a file.
4094    elsif ( $line =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
4095        my $file = $1;
4096        $file =~ s/\s+$//;
4097        &cmd_b_load($file);
4098    }
4099
4100    # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
4101    # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
4102    # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
4103    elsif ( $line =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4104
4105        # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
4106        my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
4107
4108        # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
4109        # if it was 'compile'.
4110        my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
4111
4112        # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
4113        $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4114
4115        # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
4116        $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4117
4118        # Add main if it starts with ::.
4119        $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4120
4121        # Save the break type for this sub.
4122        $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
4123    } ## end elsif ($line =~ ...
4124
4125    # b <sub name> [<condition>]
4126    elsif ( $line =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4127
4128        #
4129        $subname = $1;
4130        $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4131        &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
4132    }
4133
4134    # b <line> [<condition>].
4135    elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4136
4137        # Capture the line. If none, it's the current line.
4138        $line = $1 || $dbline;
4139
4140        # If there's no condition, make it '1'.
4141        $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4142
4143        # Break on line.
4144        &cmd_b_line( $line, $cond );
4145    }
4146
4147    # Line didn't make sense.
4148    else {
4149        print "confused by line($line)?\n";
4150    }
4151} ## end sub cmd_b
4152
4153=head3 C<break_on_load> (API)
4154
4155We want to break when this file is loaded. Mark this file in the
4156C<%break_on_load> hash, and note that it has a breakpoint in
4157C<%had_breakpoints>.
4158
4159=cut
4160
4161sub break_on_load {
4162    my $file = shift;
4163    $break_on_load{$file} = 1;
4164    $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
4165}
4166
4167=head3 C<report_break_on_load> (API)
4168
4169Gives us an array of filenames that are set to break on load. Note that
4170only files with break-on-load are in here, so simply showing the keys
4171suffices.
4172
4173=cut
4174
4175sub report_break_on_load {
4176    sort keys %break_on_load;
4177}
4178
4179=head3 C<cmd_b_load> (command)
4180
4181We take the file passed in and try to find it in C<%INC> (which maps modules
4182to files they came from). We mark those files for break-on-load via
4183C<break_on_load> and then report that it was done.
4184
4185=cut
4186
4187sub cmd_b_load {
4188    my $file = shift;
4189    my @files;
4190
4191    # This is a block because that way we can use a redo inside it
4192    # even without there being any looping structure at all outside it.
4193    {
4194
4195        # Save short name and full path if found.
4196        push @files, $file;
4197        push @files, $::INC{$file} if $::INC{$file};
4198
4199        # Tack on .pm and do it again unless there was a '.' in the name
4200        # already.
4201        $file .= '.pm', redo unless $file =~ /\./;
4202    }
4203
4204    # Do the real work here.
4205    break_on_load($_) for @files;
4206
4207    # All the files that have break-on-load breakpoints.
4208    @files = report_break_on_load;
4209
4210    # Normalize for the purposes of our printing this.
4211    local $\ = '';
4212    local $" = ' ';
4213    print $OUT "Will stop on load of `@files'.\n";
4214} ## end sub cmd_b_load
4215
4216=head3 C<$filename_error> (API package global)
4217
4218Several of the functions we need to implement in the API need to work both
4219on the current file and on other files. We don't want to duplicate code, so
4220C<$filename_error> is used to contain the name of the file that's being
4221worked on (if it's not the current one).
4222
4223We can now build functions in pairs: the basic function works on the current
4224file, and uses C<$filename_error> as part of its error message. Since this is
4225initialized to C<"">, no filename will appear when we are working on the
4226current file.
4227
4228The second function is a wrapper which does the following:
4229
4230=over 4
4231
4232=item *
4233
4234Localizes C<$filename_error> and sets it to the name of the file to be processed.
4235
4236=item *
4237
4238Localizes the C<*dbline> glob and reassigns it to point to the file we want to process.
4239
4240=item *
4241
4242Calls the first function.
4243
4244The first function works on the I<current> file (i.e., the one we changed to),
4245and prints C<$filename_error> in the error message (the name of the other file)
4246if it needs to. When the functions return, C<*dbline> is restored to point
4247to the actual current file (the one we're executing in) and
4248C<$filename_error> is restored to C<"">. This restores everything to
4249the way it was before the second function was called at all.
4250
4251See the comments in C<breakable_line> and C<breakable_line_in_file> for more
4252details.
4253
4254=back
4255
4256=cut
4257
4258$filename_error = '';
4259
4260=head3 breakable_line(from, to) (API)
4261
4262The subroutine decides whether or not a line in the current file is breakable.
4263It walks through C<@dbline> within the range of lines specified, looking for
4264the first line that is breakable.
4265
4266If C<$to> is greater than C<$from>, the search moves forwards, finding the
4267first line I<after> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4268
4269If C<$from> is greater than C<$to>, the search goes I<backwards>, finding the
4270first line I<before> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4271
4272=cut
4273
4274sub breakable_line {
4275
4276    my ( $from, $to ) = @_;
4277
4278    # $i is the start point. (Where are the FORTRAN programs of yesteryear?)
4279    my $i = $from;
4280
4281    # If there are at least 2 arguments, we're trying to search a range.
4282    if ( @_ >= 2 ) {
4283
4284        # $delta is positive for a forward search, negative for a backward one.
4285        my $delta = $from < $to ? +1 : -1;
4286
4287        # Keep us from running off the ends of the file.
4288        my $limit = $delta > 0 ? $#dbline : 1;
4289
4290        # Clever test. If you're a mathematician, it's obvious why this
4291        # test works. If not:
4292        # If $delta is positive (going forward), $limit will be $#dbline.
4293        #    If $to is less than $limit, ($limit - $to) will be positive, times
4294        #    $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is > 0 and we should use $to
4295        #    as the stopping point.
4296        #
4297        #    If $to is greater than $limit, ($limit - $to) is negative,
4298        #    times $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is < 0 and we should
4299        #    use $limit ($#dbline) as the stopping point.
4300        #
4301        # If $delta is negative (going backward), $limit will be 1.
4302        #    If $to is zero, ($limit - $to) will be 1, times $delta of -1
4303        #    (negative) so the result is > 0, and we use $to as the stopping
4304        #    point.
4305        #
4306        #    If $to is less than zero, ($limit - $to) will be positive,
4307        #    times $delta of -1 (negative), so the result is not > 0, and
4308        #    we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4309        #
4310        #    If $to is 1, ($limit - $to) will zero, times $delta of -1
4311        #    (negative), still giving zero; the result is not > 0, and
4312        #    we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4313        #
4314        #    if $to is >1, ($limit - $to) will be negative, times $delta of -1
4315        #    (negative), giving a positive (>0) value, so we'll set $limit to
4316        #    $to.
4317
4318        $limit = $to if ( $limit - $to ) * $delta > 0;
4319
4320        # The real search loop.
4321        # $i starts at $from (the point we want to start searching from).
4322        # We move through @dbline in the appropriate direction (determined
4323        # by $delta: either -1 (back) or +1 (ahead).
4324        # We stay in as long as we haven't hit an executable line
4325        # ($dbline[$i] == 0 means not executable) and we haven't reached
4326        # the limit yet (test similar to the above).
4327        $i += $delta while $dbline[$i] == 0 and ( $limit - $i ) * $delta > 0;
4328
4329    } ## end if (@_ >= 2)
4330
4331    # If $i points to a line that is executable, return that.
4332    return $i unless $dbline[$i] == 0;
4333
4334    # Format the message and print it: no breakable lines in range.
4335    my ( $pl, $upto ) = ( '', '' );
4336    ( $pl, $upto ) = ( 's', "..$to" ) if @_ >= 2 and $from != $to;
4337
4338    # If there's a filename in filename_error, we'll see it.
4339    # If not, not.
4340    die "Line$pl $from$upto$filename_error not breakable\n";
4341} ## end sub breakable_line
4342
4343=head3 breakable_line_in_filename(file, from, to) (API)
4344
4345Like C<breakable_line>, but look in another file.
4346
4347=cut
4348
4349sub breakable_line_in_filename {
4350
4351    # Capture the file name.
4352    my ($f) = shift;
4353
4354    # Swap the magic line array over there temporarily.
4355    local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4356
4357    # If there's an error, it's in this other file.
4358    local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4359
4360    # Find the breakable line.
4361    breakable_line(@_);
4362
4363    # *dbline and $filename_error get restored when this block ends.
4364
4365} ## end sub breakable_line_in_filename
4366
4367=head3 break_on_line(lineno, [condition]) (API)
4368
4369Adds a breakpoint with the specified condition (or 1 if no condition was
4370specified) to the specified line. Dies if it can't.
4371
4372=cut
4373
4374sub break_on_line {
4375    my ( $i, $cond ) = @_;
4376
4377    # Always true if no condition supplied.
4378    $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4379
4380    my $inii  = $i;
4381    my $after = '';
4382    my $pl    = '';
4383
4384    # Woops, not a breakable line. $filename_error allows us to say
4385    # if it was in a different file.
4386    die "Line $i$filename_error not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4387
4388    # Mark this file as having breakpoints in it.
4389    $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
4390
4391    # If there is an action or condition here already ...
4392    if ( $dbline{$i} ) {
4393
4394        # ... swap this condition for the existing one.
4395        $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*/$cond/;
4396    }
4397    else {
4398
4399        # Nothing here - just add the condition.
4400        $dbline{$i} = $cond;
4401    }
4402} ## end sub break_on_line
4403
4404=head3 cmd_b_line(line, [condition]) (command)
4405
4406Wrapper for C<break_on_line>. Prints the failure message if it
4407doesn't work.
4408
4409=cut 
4410
4411sub cmd_b_line {
4412    eval { break_on_line(@_); 1 } or do {
4413        local $\ = '';
4414        print $OUT $@ and return;
4415    };
4416} ## end sub cmd_b_line
4417
4418=head3 break_on_filename_line(file, line, [condition]) (API)
4419
4420Switches to the file specified and then calls C<break_on_line> to set
4421the breakpoint.
4422
4423=cut
4424
4425sub break_on_filename_line {
4426    my ( $f, $i, $cond ) = @_;
4427
4428    # Always true if condition left off.
4429    $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4430
4431    # Switch the magical hash temporarily.
4432    local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4433
4434    # Localize the variables that break_on_line uses to make its message.
4435    local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4436    local $filename       = $f;
4437
4438    # Add the breakpoint.
4439    break_on_line( $i, $cond );
4440} ## end sub break_on_filename_line
4441
4442=head3 break_on_filename_line_range(file, from, to, [condition]) (API)
4443
4444Switch to another file, search the range of lines specified for an
4445executable one, and put a breakpoint on the first one you find.
4446
4447=cut
4448
4449sub break_on_filename_line_range {
4450    my ( $f, $from, $to, $cond ) = @_;
4451
4452    # Find a breakable line if there is one.
4453    my $i = breakable_line_in_filename( $f, $from, $to );
4454
4455    # Always true if missing.
4456    $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4457
4458    # Add the breakpoint.
4459    break_on_filename_line( $f, $i, $cond );
4460} ## end sub break_on_filename_line_range
4461
4462=head3 subroutine_filename_lines(subname, [condition]) (API)
4463
4464Search for a subroutine within a given file. The condition is ignored.
4465Uses C<find_sub> to locate the desired subroutine.
4466
4467=cut
4468
4469sub subroutine_filename_lines {
4470    my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4471
4472    # Returned value from find_sub() is fullpathname:startline-endline.
4473    # The match creates the list (fullpathname, start, end). Falling off
4474    # the end of the subroutine returns this implicitly.
4475    find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
4476} ## end sub subroutine_filename_lines
4477
4478=head3 break_subroutine(subname) (API)
4479
4480Places a break on the first line possible in the specified subroutine. Uses
4481C<subroutine_filename_lines> to find the subroutine, and
4482C<break_on_filename_line_range> to place the break.
4483
4484=cut
4485
4486sub break_subroutine {
4487    my $subname = shift;
4488
4489    # Get filename, start, and end.
4490    my ( $file, $s, $e ) = subroutine_filename_lines($subname)
4491      or die "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4492
4493    # Null condition changes to '1' (always true).
4494    $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4495
4496    # Put a break the first place possible in the range of lines
4497    # that make up this subroutine.
4498    break_on_filename_line_range( $file, $s, $e, @_ );
4499} ## end sub break_subroutine
4500
4501=head3 cmd_b_sub(subname, [condition]) (command)
4502
4503We take the incoming subroutine name and fully-qualify it as best we can.
4504
4505=over 4
4506
4507=item 1. If it's already fully-qualified, leave it alone.
4508
4509=item 2. Try putting it in the current package.
4510
4511=item 3. If it's not there, try putting it in CORE::GLOBAL if it exists there.
4512
4513=item 4. If it starts with '::', put it in 'main::'.
4514
4515=back
4516
4517After all this cleanup, we call C<break_subroutine> to try to set the
4518breakpoint.
4519
4520=cut
4521
4522sub cmd_b_sub {
4523    my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4524
4525    # Add always-true condition if we have none.
4526    $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4527
4528    # If the subname isn't a code reference, qualify it so that
4529    # break_subroutine() will work right.
4530    unless ( ref $subname eq 'CODE' ) {
4531
4532        # Not Perl4.
4533        $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4534        my $s = $subname;
4535
4536        # Put it in this package unless it's already qualified.
4537        $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
4538          unless $subname =~ /::/;
4539
4540        # Requalify it into CORE::GLOBAL if qualifying it into this
4541        # package resulted in its not being defined, but only do so
4542        # if it really is in CORE::GLOBAL.
4543        $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4544          if not defined &$subname
4545          and $s !~ /::/
4546          and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4547
4548        # Put it in package 'main' if it has a leading ::.
4549        $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4550
4551    } ## end unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE')
4552
4553    # Try to set the breakpoint.
4554    eval { break_subroutine( $subname, $cond ); 1 } or do {
4555        local $\ = '';
4556        print $OUT $@ and return;
4557      }
4558} ## end sub cmd_b_sub
4559
4560=head3 C<cmd_B> - delete breakpoint(s) (command)
4561
4562The command mostly parses the command line and tries to turn the argument
4563into a line spec. If it can't, it uses the current line. It then calls
4564C<delete_breakpoint> to actually do the work.
4565
4566If C<*> is  specified, C<cmd_B> calls C<delete_breakpoint> with no arguments,
4567thereby deleting all the breakpoints.
4568
4569=cut
4570
4571sub cmd_B {
4572    my $cmd = shift;
4573
4574    # No line spec? Use dbline.
4575    # If there is one, use it if it's non-zero, or wipe it out if it is.
4576    my $line   = ( $_[0] =~ /^\./ ) ? $dbline : shift || '';
4577    my $dbline = shift;
4578
4579    # If the line was dot, make the line the current one.
4580    $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4581
4582    # If it's * we're deleting all the breakpoints.
4583    if ( $line eq '*' ) {
4584        eval { &delete_breakpoint(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4585    }
4586
4587    # If there is a line spec, delete the breakpoint on that line.
4588    elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
4589        eval { &delete_breakpoint( $line || $dbline ); 1 } or do {
4590            local $\ = '';
4591            print $OUT $@ and return;
4592        };
4593    } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/)
4594
4595    # No line spec.
4596    else {
4597        print $OUT
4598          "Deleting a breakpoint requires a line number, or '*' for all\n"
4599          ;    # hint
4600    }
4601} ## end sub cmd_B
4602
4603=head3 delete_breakpoint([line]) (API)
4604
4605This actually does the work of deleting either a single breakpoint, or all
4606of them.
4607
4608For a single line, we look for it in C<@dbline>. If it's nonbreakable, we
4609just drop out with a message saying so. If it is, we remove the condition
4610part of the 'condition\0action' that says there's a breakpoint here. If,
4611after we've done that, there's nothing left, we delete the corresponding
4612line in C<%dbline> to signal that no action needs to be taken for this line.
4613
4614For all breakpoints, we iterate through the keys of C<%had_breakpoints>,
4615which lists all currently-loaded files which have breakpoints. We then look
4616at each line in each of these files, temporarily switching the C<%dbline>
4617and C<@dbline> structures to point to the files in question, and do what
4618we did in the single line case: delete the condition in C<@dbline>, and
4619delete the key in C<%dbline> if nothing's left.
4620
4621We then wholesale delete C<%postponed>, C<%postponed_file>, and
4622C<%break_on_load>, because these structures contain breakpoints for files
4623and code that haven't been loaded yet. We can just kill these off because there
4624are no magical debugger structures associated with them.
4625
4626=cut
4627
4628sub delete_breakpoint {
4629    my $i = shift;
4630
4631    # If we got a line, delete just that one.
4632    if ( defined($i) ) {
4633
4634        # Woops. This line wasn't breakable at all.
4635        die "Line $i not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4636
4637        # Kill the condition, but leave any action.
4638        $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*//;
4639
4640        # Remove the entry entirely if there's no action left.
4641        delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4642    }
4643
4644    # No line; delete them all.
4645    else {
4646        print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
4647
4648        # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
4649        # breakpoint in it.
4650        for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
4651
4652            # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
4653            local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4654
4655            my $max = $#dbline;
4656            my $was;
4657
4658            # For all lines in this file ...
4659            for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
4660
4661                # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
4662                if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
4663
4664                    # ... remove the breakpoint.
4665                    $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
4666                    if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
4667
4668                        # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
4669                        delete $dbline{$i};
4670                    }
4671                } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
4672            } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4673
4674            # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
4675            # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
4676            # we should remove this file from the hash.
4677            if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
4678                delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
4679            }
4680        } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4681
4682        # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
4683        # haven't been loaded yet.
4684        undef %postponed;
4685        undef %postponed_file;
4686        undef %break_on_load;
4687    } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
4688} ## end sub delete_breakpoint
4689
4690=head3 cmd_stop (command)
4691
4692This is meant to be part of the new command API, but it isn't called or used
4693anywhere else in the debugger. XXX It is probably meant for use in development
4694of new commands.
4695
4696=cut
4697
4698sub cmd_stop {    # As on ^C, but not signal-safy.
4699    $signal = 1;
4700}
4701
4702=head3 C<cmd_e> - threads
4703
4704Display the current thread id:
4705
4706	e
4707
4708This could be how (when implemented) to send commands to this thread id (e cmd)
4709or that thread id (e tid cmd).
4710
4711=cut
4712
4713sub cmd_e {
4714    my $cmd  = shift;
4715    my $line = shift;
4716	unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4717		print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4718		please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4719	} else {
4720		my $tid = threads->tid;
4721		print "thread id: $tid\n";
4722	}
4723} ## end sub cmd_e
4724
4725=head3 C<cmd_E> - list of thread ids
4726
4727Display the list of available thread ids:
4728
4729	E
4730
4731This could be used (when implemented) to send commands to all threads (E cmd).
4732
4733=cut
4734
4735sub cmd_E {
4736    my $cmd  = shift;
4737    my $line = shift;
4738	unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4739		print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4740		please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4741	} else {
4742		my $tid = threads->tid;
4743		print "thread ids: ".join(', ',
4744			map { ($tid == $_->tid ? '<'.$_->tid.'>' : $_->tid) } threads->list
4745		)."\n";
4746	}
4747} ## end sub cmd_E
4748
4749=head3 C<cmd_h> - help command (command)
4750
4751Does the work of either
4752
4753=over 4
4754
4755=item *
4756
4757Showing all the debugger help
4758
4759=item *
4760
4761Showing help for a specific command
4762
4763=back
4764
4765=cut
4766
4767sub cmd_h {
4768    my $cmd = shift;
4769
4770    # If we have no operand, assume null.
4771    my $line = shift || '';
4772
4773    # 'h h'. Print the long-format help.
4774    if ( $line =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
4775        print_help($help);
4776    }
4777
4778    # 'h <something>'. Search for the command and print only its help.
4779    elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)$/ ) {
4780
4781        # support long commands; otherwise bogus errors
4782        # happen when you ask for h on <CR> for example
4783        my $asked = $1;    # the command requested
4784                           # (for proper error message)
4785
4786        my $qasked = quotemeta($asked);    # for searching; we don't
4787                                           # want to use it as a pattern.
4788                                           # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
4789
4790        # Search the help string for the command.
4791        if (
4792            $help =~ /^                    # Start of a line
4793                      <?                   # Optional '<'
4794                      (?:[IB]<)            # Optional markup
4795                      $qasked              # The requested command
4796                     /mx
4797          )
4798        {
4799
4800            # It's there; pull it out and print it.
4801            while (
4802                $help =~ /^
4803                              (<?            # Optional '<'
4804                                 (?:[IB]<)   # Optional markup
4805                                 $qasked     # The command
4806                                 ([\s\S]*?)  # Description line(s)
4807                              \n)            # End of last description line
4808                              (?!\s)         # Next line not starting with
4809                                             # whitespace
4810                             /mgx
4811              )
4812            {
4813                print_help($1);
4814            }
4815        }
4816
4817        # Not found; not a debugger command.
4818        else {
4819            print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
4820        }
4821    } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/)
4822
4823    # 'h' - print the summary help.
4824    else {
4825        print_help($summary);
4826    }
4827} ## end sub cmd_h
4828
4829=head3 C<cmd_i> - inheritance display
4830
4831Display the (nested) parentage of the module or object given.
4832
4833=cut
4834
4835sub cmd_i {
4836    my $cmd  = shift;
4837    my $line = shift;
4838    foreach my $isa ( split( /\s+/, $line ) ) {
4839        $evalarg = $isa;
4840        ($isa) = &eval;
4841        no strict 'refs';
4842        print join(
4843            ', ',
4844            map {
4845                "$_"
4846                  . (
4847                    defined( ${"$_\::VERSION"} )
4848                    ? ' ' . ${"$_\::VERSION"}
4849                    : undef )
4850              } @{mro::get_linear_isa(ref($isa) || $isa)}
4851        );
4852        print "\n";
4853    }
4854} ## end sub cmd_i
4855
4856=head3 C<cmd_l> - list lines (command)
4857
4858Most of the command is taken up with transforming all the different line
4859specification syntaxes into 'start-stop'. After that is done, the command
4860runs a loop over C<@dbline> for the specified range of lines. It handles
4861the printing of each line and any markers (C<==E<gt>> for current line,
4862C<b> for break on this line, C<a> for action on this line, C<:> for this
4863line breakable).
4864
4865We save the last line listed in the C<$start> global for further listing
4866later.
4867
4868=cut
4869
4870sub cmd_l {
4871    my $current_line = $line;
4872    my $cmd  = shift;
4873    my $line = shift;
4874
4875    # If this is '-something', delete any spaces after the dash.
4876    $line =~ s/^-\s*$/-/;
4877
4878    # If the line is '$something', assume this is a scalar containing a
4879    # line number.
4880    if ( $line =~ /^(\$.*)/s ) {
4881
4882        # Set up for DB::eval() - evaluate in *user* context.
4883        $evalarg = $1;
4884        # $evalarg = $2;
4885        my ($s) = &eval;
4886
4887        # Ooops. Bad scalar.
4888        print( $OUT "Error: $@\n" ), next CMD if $@;
4889
4890        # Good scalar. If it's a reference, find what it points to.
4891        $s = CvGV_name($s);
4892        print( $OUT "Interpreted as: $1 $s\n" );
4893        $line = "$1 $s";
4894
4895        # Call self recursively to really do the command.
4896        &cmd_l( 'l', $s );
4897    } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s)
4898
4899    # l name. Try to find a sub by that name.
4900    elsif ( $line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s ) {
4901        my $s = $subname = $1;
4902
4903        # De-Perl4.
4904        $subname =~ s/\'/::/;
4905
4906        # Put it in this package unless it starts with ::.
4907        $subname = $package . "::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4908
4909        # Put it in CORE::GLOBAL if t doesn't start with :: and
4910        # it doesn't live in this package and it lives in CORE::GLOBAL.
4911        $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4912          if not defined &$subname
4913          and $s !~ /::/
4914          and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4915
4916        # Put leading '::' names into 'main::'.
4917        $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4918
4919        # Get name:start-stop from find_sub, and break this up at
4920        # colons.
4921        @pieces = split( /:/, find_sub($subname) || $sub{$subname} );
4922
4923        # Pull off start-stop.
4924        $subrange = pop @pieces;
4925
4926        # If the name contained colons, the split broke it up.
4927        # Put it back together.
4928        $file = join( ':', @pieces );
4929
4930        # If we're not in that file, switch over to it.
4931        if ( $file ne $filename ) {
4932            print $OUT "Switching to file '$file'.\n"
4933              unless $slave_editor;
4934
4935            # Switch debugger's magic structures.
4936            *dbline   = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4937            $max      = $#dbline;
4938            $filename = $file;
4939        } ## end if ($file ne $filename)
4940
4941        # Subrange is 'start-stop'. If this is less than a window full,
4942        # swap it to 'start+', which will list a window from the start point.
4943        if ($subrange) {
4944            if ( eval($subrange) < -$window ) {
4945                $subrange =~ s/-.*/+/;
4946            }
4947
4948            # Call self recursively to list the range.
4949            $line = $subrange;
4950            &cmd_l( 'l', $subrange );
4951        } ## end if ($subrange)
4952
4953        # Couldn't find it.
4954        else {
4955            print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4956        }
4957    } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s)
4958
4959    # Bare 'l' command.
4960    elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4961
4962        # Compute new range to list.
4963        $incr = $window - 1;
4964        $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4965
4966        # Recurse to do it.
4967        &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4968    }
4969
4970    # l [start]+number_of_lines
4971    elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/ ) {
4972
4973        # Don't reset start for 'l +nnn'.
4974        $start = $1 if $1;
4975
4976        # Increment for list. Use window size if not specified.
4977        # (Allows 'l +' to work.)
4978        $incr = $2;
4979        $incr = $window - 1 unless $incr;
4980
4981        # Create a line range we'll understand, and recurse to do it.
4982        $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4983        &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4984    } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/)
4985
4986    # l start-stop or l start,stop
4987    elsif ( $line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/ ) {
4988
4989        # Determine end point; use end of file if not specified.
4990        $end = ( !defined $2 ) ? $max : ( $4 ? $4 : $2 );
4991
4992        # Go on to the end, and then stop.
4993        $end = $max if $end > $max;
4994
4995        # Determine start line.
4996        $i    = $2;
4997        $i    = $line if $i eq '.';
4998        $i    = 1 if $i < 1;
4999        $incr = $end - $i;
5000
5001        # If we're running under a slave editor, force it to show the lines.
5002        if ($slave_editor) {
5003            print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$i:0\n";
5004            $i = $end;
5005        }
5006
5007        # We're doing it ourselves. We want to show the line and special
5008        # markers for:
5009        # - the current line in execution
5010        # - whether a line is breakable or not
5011        # - whether a line has a break or not
5012        # - whether a line has an action or not
5013        else {
5014            for ( ; $i <= $end ; $i++ ) {
5015
5016                # Check for breakpoints and actions.
5017                my ( $stop, $action );
5018                ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} )
5019                  if $dbline{$i};
5020
5021                # ==> if this is the current line in execution,
5022                # : if it's breakable.
5023                $arrow =
5024                  ( $i == $current_line and $filename eq $filename_ini )
5025                  ? '==>'
5026                  : ( $dbline[$i] + 0 ? ':' : ' ' );
5027
5028                # Add break and action indicators.
5029                $arrow .= 'b' if $stop;
5030                $arrow .= 'a' if $action;
5031
5032                # Print the line.
5033                print $OUT "$i$arrow\t", $dbline[$i];
5034
5035                # Move on to the next line. Drop out on an interrupt.
5036                $i++, last if $signal;
5037            } ## end for (; $i <= $end ; $i++)
5038
5039            # Line the prompt up; print a newline if the last line listed
5040            # didn't have a newline.
5041            print $OUT "\n" unless $dbline[ $i - 1 ] =~ /\n$/;
5042        } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
5043
5044        # Save the point we last listed to in case another relative 'l'
5045        # command is desired. Don't let it run off the end.
5046        $start = $i;
5047        $start = $max if $start > $max;
5048    } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/)
5049} ## end sub cmd_l
5050
5051=head3 C<cmd_L> - list breakpoints, actions, and watch expressions (command)
5052
5053To list breakpoints, the command has to look determine where all of them are
5054first. It starts a C<%had_breakpoints>, which tells us what all files have
5055breakpoints and/or actions. For each file, we switch the C<*dbline> glob (the
5056magic source and breakpoint data structures) to the file, and then look
5057through C<%dbline> for lines with breakpoints and/or actions, listing them
5058out. We look through C<%postponed> not-yet-compiled subroutines that have
5059breakpoints, and through C<%postponed_file> for not-yet-C<require>'d files
5060that have breakpoints.
5061
5062Watchpoints are simpler: we just list the entries in C<@to_watch>.
5063
5064=cut
5065
5066sub cmd_L {
5067    my $cmd = shift;
5068
5069    # If no argument, list everything. Pre-5.8.0 version always lists
5070    # everything
5071    my $arg = shift || 'abw';
5072    $arg = 'abw' unless $CommandSet eq '580';    # sigh...
5073
5074    # See what is wanted.
5075    my $action_wanted = ( $arg =~ /a/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5076    my $break_wanted  = ( $arg =~ /b/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5077    my $watch_wanted  = ( $arg =~ /w/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5078
5079    # Breaks and actions are found together, so we look in the same place
5080    # for both.
5081    if ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) {
5082
5083        # Look in all the files with breakpoints...
5084        for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
5085
5086            # Temporary switch to this file.
5087            local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5088
5089            # Set up to look through the whole file.
5090            my $max = $#dbline;
5091            my $was;    # Flag: did we print something
5092                        # in this file?
5093
5094            # For each line in the file ...
5095            for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
5096
5097                # We've got something on this line.
5098                if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
5099
5100                    # Print the header if we haven't.
5101                    print $OUT "$file:\n" unless $was++;
5102
5103                    # Print the line.
5104                    print $OUT " $i:\t", $dbline[$i];
5105
5106                    # Pull out the condition and the action.
5107                    ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} );
5108
5109                    # Print the break if there is one and it's wanted.
5110                    print $OUT "   break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5111                      if $stop
5112                      and $break_wanted;
5113
5114                    # Print the action if there is one and it's wanted.
5115                    print $OUT "   action:  ", $action, "\n"
5116                      if $action
5117                      and $action_wanted;
5118
5119                    # Quit if the user hit interrupt.
5120                    last if $signal;
5121                } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
5122            } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
5123        } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
5124    } ## end if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted)
5125
5126    # Look for breaks in not-yet-compiled subs:
5127    if ( %postponed and $break_wanted ) {
5128        print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in subroutines:\n";
5129        my $subname;
5130        for $subname ( keys %postponed ) {
5131            print $OUT " $subname\t$postponed{$subname}\n";
5132            last if $signal;
5133        }
5134    } ## end if (%postponed and $break_wanted)
5135
5136    # Find files that have not-yet-loaded breaks:
5137    my @have = map {    # Combined keys
5138        keys %{ $postponed_file{$_} }
5139    } keys %postponed_file;
5140
5141    # If there are any, list them.
5142    if ( @have and ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) ) {
5143        print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in files:\n";
5144        my ( $file, $line );
5145
5146        for $file ( keys %postponed_file ) {
5147            my $db = $postponed_file{$file};
5148            print $OUT " $file:\n";
5149            for $line ( sort { $a <=> $b } keys %$db ) {
5150                print $OUT "  $line:\n";
5151                my ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $$db{$line} );
5152                print $OUT "    break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5153                  if $stop
5154                  and $break_wanted;
5155                print $OUT "    action:  ", $action, "\n"
5156                  if $action
5157                  and $action_wanted;
5158                last if $signal;
5159            } ## end for $line (sort { $a <=>...
5160            last if $signal;
5161        } ## end for $file (keys %postponed_file)
5162    } ## end if (@have and ($break_wanted...
5163    if ( %break_on_load and $break_wanted ) {
5164        print $OUT "Breakpoints on load:\n";
5165        my $file;
5166        for $file ( keys %break_on_load ) {
5167            print $OUT " $file\n";
5168            last if $signal;
5169        }
5170    } ## end if (%break_on_load and...
5171    if ($watch_wanted) {
5172        if ( $trace & 2 ) {
5173            print $OUT "Watch-expressions:\n" if @to_watch;
5174            for my $expr (@to_watch) {
5175                print $OUT " $expr\n";
5176                last if $signal;
5177            }
5178        } ## end if ($trace & 2)
5179    } ## end if ($watch_wanted)
5180} ## end sub cmd_L
5181
5182=head3 C<cmd_M> - list modules (command)
5183
5184Just call C<list_modules>.
5185
5186=cut
5187
5188sub cmd_M {
5189    &list_modules();
5190}
5191
5192=head3 C<cmd_o> - options (command)
5193
5194If this is just C<o> by itself, we list the current settings via
5195C<dump_option>. If there's a nonblank value following it, we pass that on to
5196C<parse_options> for processing.
5197
5198=cut
5199
5200sub cmd_o {
5201    my $cmd = shift;
5202    my $opt = shift || '';    # opt[=val]
5203
5204    # Nonblank. Try to parse and process.
5205    if ( $opt =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5206        &parse_options($1);
5207    }
5208
5209    # Blank. List the current option settings.
5210    else {
5211        for (@options) {
5212            &dump_option($_);
5213        }
5214    }
5215} ## end sub cmd_o
5216
5217=head3 C<cmd_O> - nonexistent in 5.8.x (command)
5218
5219Advises the user that the O command has been renamed.
5220
5221=cut
5222
5223sub cmd_O {
5224    print $OUT "The old O command is now the o command.\n";             # hint
5225    print $OUT "Use 'h' to get current command help synopsis or\n";     #
5226    print $OUT "use 'o CommandSet=pre580' to revert to old usage\n";    #
5227}
5228
5229=head3 C<cmd_v> - view window (command)
5230
5231Uses the C<$preview> variable set in the second C<BEGIN> block (q.v.) to
5232move back a few lines to list the selected line in context. Uses C<cmd_l>
5233to do the actual listing after figuring out the range of line to request.
5234
5235=cut 
5236
5237sub cmd_v {
5238    my $cmd  = shift;
5239    my $line = shift;
5240
5241    # Extract the line to list around. (Astute readers will have noted that
5242    # this pattern will match whether or not a numeric line is specified,
5243    # which means that we'll always enter this loop (though a non-numeric
5244    # argument results in no action at all)).
5245    if ( $line =~ /^(\d*)$/ ) {
5246
5247        # Total number of lines to list (a windowful).
5248        $incr = $window - 1;
5249
5250        # Set the start to the argument given (if there was one).
5251        $start = $1 if $1;
5252
5253        # Back up by the context amount.
5254        $start -= $preview;
5255
5256        # Put together a linespec that cmd_l will like.
5257        $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
5258
5259        # List the lines.
5260        &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
5261    } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/)
5262} ## end sub cmd_v
5263
5264=head3 C<cmd_w> - add a watch expression (command)
5265
5266The 5.8 version of this command adds a watch expression if one is specified;
5267it does nothing if entered with no operands.
5268
5269We extract the expression, save it, evaluate it in the user's context, and
5270save the value. We'll re-evaluate it each time the debugger passes a line,
5271and will stop (see the code at the top of the command loop) if the value
5272of any of the expressions changes.
5273
5274=cut
5275
5276sub cmd_w {
5277    my $cmd = shift;
5278
5279    # Null expression if no arguments.
5280    my $expr = shift || '';
5281
5282    # If expression is not null ...
5283    if ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5284
5285        # ... save it.
5286        push @to_watch, $expr;
5287
5288        # Parameterize DB::eval and call it to get the expression's value
5289        # in the user's context. This version can handle expressions which
5290        # return a list value.
5291        $evalarg = $expr;
5292        my ($val) = join( ' ', &eval );
5293        $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
5294
5295        # Save the current value of the expression.
5296        push @old_watch, $val;
5297
5298        # We are now watching expressions.
5299        $trace |= 2;
5300    } ## end if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5301
5302    # You have to give one to get one.
5303    else {
5304        print $OUT "Adding a watch-expression requires an expression\n";  # hint
5305    }
5306} ## end sub cmd_w
5307
5308=head3 C<cmd_W> - delete watch expressions (command)
5309
5310This command accepts either a watch expression to be removed from the list
5311of watch expressions, or C<*> to delete them all.
5312
5313If C<*> is specified, we simply empty the watch expression list and the
5314watch expression value list. We also turn off the bit that says we've got
5315watch expressions.
5316
5317If an expression (or partial expression) is specified, we pattern-match
5318through the expressions and remove the ones that match. We also discard
5319the corresponding values. If no watch expressions are left, we turn off
5320the I<watching expressions> bit.
5321
5322=cut
5323
5324sub cmd_W {
5325    my $cmd  = shift;
5326    my $expr = shift || '';
5327
5328    # Delete them all.
5329    if ( $expr eq '*' ) {
5330
5331        # Not watching now.
5332        $trace &= ~2;
5333
5334        print $OUT "Deleting all watch expressions ...\n";
5335
5336        # And all gone.
5337        @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
5338    }
5339
5340    # Delete one of them.
5341    elsif ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5342
5343        # Where we are in the list.
5344        my $i_cnt = 0;
5345
5346        # For each expression ...
5347        foreach (@to_watch) {
5348            my $val = $to_watch[$i_cnt];
5349
5350            # Does this one match the command argument?
5351            if ( $val eq $expr ) {    # =~ m/^\Q$i$/) {
5352                                      # Yes. Turn it off, and its value too.
5353                splice( @to_watch,  $i_cnt, 1 );
5354                splice( @old_watch, $i_cnt, 1 );
5355            }
5356            $i_cnt++;
5357        } ## end foreach (@to_watch)
5358
5359        # We don't bother to turn watching off because
5360        #  a) we don't want to stop calling watchfunction() it it exists
5361        #  b) foreach over a null list doesn't do anything anyway
5362
5363    } ## end elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5364
5365    # No command arguments entered.
5366    else {
5367        print $OUT
5368          "Deleting a watch-expression requires an expression, or '*' for all\n"
5369          ;    # hint
5370    }
5371} ## end sub cmd_W
5372
5373### END of the API section
5374
5375=head1 SUPPORT ROUTINES
5376
5377These are general support routines that are used in a number of places
5378throughout the debugger.
5379
5380=head2 save
5381
5382save() saves the user's versions of globals that would mess us up in C<@saved>,
5383and installs the versions we like better.
5384
5385=cut
5386
5387sub save {
5388
5389    # Save eval failure, command failure, extended OS error, output field
5390    # separator, input record separator, output record separator and
5391    # the warning setting.
5392    @saved = ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W );
5393
5394    $,  = "";      # output field separator is null string
5395    $/  = "\n";    # input record separator is newline
5396    $\  = "";      # output record separator is null string
5397    $^W = 0;       # warnings are off
5398} ## end sub save
5399
5400=head2 C<print_lineinfo> - show where we are now
5401
5402print_lineinfo prints whatever it is that it is handed; it prints it to the
5403C<$LINEINFO> filehandle instead of just printing it to STDOUT. This allows
5404us to feed line information to a slave editor without messing up the
5405debugger output.
5406
5407=cut
5408
5409sub print_lineinfo {
5410
5411    # Make the terminal sensible if we're not the primary debugger.
5412    resetterm(1) if $LINEINFO eq $OUT and $term_pid != $$;
5413    local $\ = '';
5414    local $, = '';
5415    print $LINEINFO @_;
5416} ## end sub print_lineinfo
5417
5418=head2 C<postponed_sub>
5419
5420Handles setting postponed breakpoints in subroutines once they're compiled.
5421For breakpoints, we use C<DB::find_sub> to locate the source file and line
5422range for the subroutine, then mark the file as having a breakpoint,
5423temporarily switch the C<*dbline> glob over to the source file, and then
5424search the given range of lines to find a breakable line. If we find one,
5425we set the breakpoint on it, deleting the breakpoint from C<%postponed>.
5426
5427=cut 
5428
5429# The following takes its argument via $evalarg to preserve current @_
5430
5431sub postponed_sub {
5432
5433    # Get the subroutine name.
5434    my $subname = shift;
5435
5436    # If this is a 'break +<n> if <condition>' ...
5437    if ( $postponed{$subname} =~ s/^break\s([+-]?\d+)\s+if\s// ) {
5438
5439        # If there's no offset, use '+0'.
5440        my $offset = $1 || 0;
5441
5442        # find_sub's value is 'fullpath-filename:start-stop'. It's
5443        # possible that the filename might have colons in it too.
5444        my ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-.*$/ );
5445        if ($i) {
5446
5447            # We got the start line. Add the offset '+<n>' from
5448            # $postponed{subname}.
5449            $i += $offset;
5450
5451            # Switch to the file this sub is in, temporarily.
5452            local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5453
5454            # No warnings, please.
5455            local $^W = 0;    # != 0 is magical below
5456
5457            # This file's got a breakpoint in it.
5458            $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
5459
5460            # Last line in file.
5461            my $max = $#dbline;
5462
5463            # Search forward until we hit a breakable line or get to
5464            # the end of the file.
5465            ++$i until $dbline[$i] != 0 or $i >= $max;
5466
5467            # Copy the breakpoint in and delete it from %postponed.
5468            $dbline{$i} = delete $postponed{$subname};
5469        } ## end if ($i)
5470
5471        # find_sub didn't find the sub.
5472        else {
5473            local $\ = '';
5474            print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
5475        }
5476        return;
5477    } ## end if ($postponed{$subname...
5478    elsif ( $postponed{$subname} eq 'compile' ) { $signal = 1 }
5479
5480    #print $OUT "In postponed_sub for `$subname'.\n";
5481} ## end sub postponed_sub
5482
5483=head2 C<postponed>
5484
5485Called after each required file is compiled, but before it is executed;
5486also called if the name of a just-compiled subroutine is a key of
5487C<%postponed>. Propagates saved breakpoints (from C<b compile>, C<b load>,
5488etc.) into the just-compiled code.
5489
5490If this is a C<require>'d file, the incoming parameter is the glob
5491C<*{"_<$filename"}>, with C<$filename> the name of the C<require>'d file.
5492
5493If it's a subroutine, the incoming parameter is the subroutine name.
5494
5495=cut
5496
5497sub postponed {
5498
5499    # If there's a break, process it.
5500    if ($ImmediateStop) {
5501
5502        # Right, we've stopped. Turn it off.
5503        $ImmediateStop = 0;
5504
5505        # Enter the command loop when DB::DB gets called.
5506        $signal = 1;
5507    }
5508
5509    # If this is a subroutine, let postponed_sub() deal with it.
5510    return &postponed_sub unless ref \$_[0] eq 'GLOB';
5511
5512    # Not a subroutine. Deal with the file.
5513    local *dbline = shift;
5514    my $filename = $dbline;
5515    $filename =~ s/^_<//;
5516    local $\ = '';
5517    $signal = 1, print $OUT "'$filename' loaded...\n"
5518      if $break_on_load{$filename};
5519    print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "Package $filename.\n" ) if $frame;
5520
5521    # Do we have any breakpoints to put in this file?
5522    return unless $postponed_file{$filename};
5523
5524    # Yes. Mark this file as having breakpoints.
5525    $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
5526
5527    # "Cannot be done: unsufficient magic" - we can't just put the
5528    # breakpoints saved in %postponed_file into %dbline by assigning
5529    # the whole hash; we have to do it one item at a time for the
5530    # breakpoints to be set properly.
5531    #%dbline = %{$postponed_file{$filename}};
5532
5533    # Set the breakpoints, one at a time.
5534    my $key;
5535
5536    for $key ( keys %{ $postponed_file{$filename} } ) {
5537
5538        # Stash the saved breakpoint into the current file's magic line array.
5539        $dbline{$key} = ${ $postponed_file{$filename} }{$key};
5540    }
5541
5542    # This file's been compiled; discard the stored breakpoints.
5543    delete $postponed_file{$filename};
5544
5545} ## end sub postponed
5546
5547=head2 C<dumpit>
5548
5549C<dumpit> is the debugger's wrapper around dumpvar.pl.
5550
5551It gets a filehandle (to which C<dumpvar.pl>'s output will be directed) and
5552a reference to a variable (the thing to be dumped) as its input.
5553
5554The incoming filehandle is selected for output (C<dumpvar.pl> is printing to
5555the currently-selected filehandle, thank you very much). The current
5556values of the package globals C<$single> and C<$trace> are backed up in
5557lexicals, and they are turned off (this keeps the debugger from trying
5558to single-step through C<dumpvar.pl> (I think.)). C<$frame> is localized to
5559preserve its current value and it is set to zero to prevent entry/exit
5560messages from printing, and C<$doret> is localized as well and set to -2 to
5561prevent return values from being shown.
5562
5563C<dumpit()> then checks to see if it needs to load C<dumpvar.pl> and
5564tries to load it (note: if you have a C<dumpvar.pl>  ahead of the
5565installed version in C<@INC>, yours will be used instead. Possible security
5566problem?).
5567
5568It then checks to see if the subroutine C<main::dumpValue> is now defined
5569(it should have been defined by C<dumpvar.pl>). If it has, C<dumpit()>
5570localizes the globals necessary for things to be sane when C<main::dumpValue()>
5571is called, and picks up the variable to be dumped from the parameter list.
5572
5573It checks the package global C<%options> to see if there's a C<dumpDepth>
5574specified. If not, -1 is assumed; if so, the supplied value gets passed on to
5575C<dumpvar.pl>. This tells C<dumpvar.pl> where to leave off when dumping a
5576structure: -1 means dump everything.
5577
5578C<dumpValue()> is then called if possible; if not, C<dumpit()>just prints a
5579warning.
5580
5581In either case, C<$single>, C<$trace>, C<$frame>, and C<$doret> are restored
5582and we then return to the caller.
5583
5584=cut
5585
5586sub dumpit {
5587
5588    # Save the current output filehandle and switch to the one
5589    # passed in as the first parameter.
5590    local ($savout) = select(shift);
5591
5592    # Save current settings of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
5593    my $osingle = $single;
5594    my $otrace  = $trace;
5595    $single = $trace = 0;
5596
5597    # XXX Okay, what do $frame and $doret do, again?
5598    local $frame = 0;
5599    local $doret = -2;
5600
5601    # Load dumpvar.pl unless we've already got the sub we need from it.
5602    unless ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5603        do 'dumpvar.pl' or die $@;
5604    }
5605
5606    # If the load succeeded (or we already had dumpvalue()), go ahead
5607    # and dump things.
5608    if ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5609        local $\ = '';
5610        local $, = '';
5611        local $" = ' ';
5612        my $v = shift;
5613        my $maxdepth = shift || $option{dumpDepth};
5614        $maxdepth = -1 unless defined $maxdepth;    # -1 means infinite depth
5615        &main::dumpValue( $v, $maxdepth );
5616    } ## end if (defined &main::dumpValue)
5617
5618    # Oops, couldn't load dumpvar.pl.
5619    else {
5620        local $\ = '';
5621        print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
5622    }
5623
5624    # Reset $single and $trace to their old values.
5625    $single = $osingle;
5626    $trace  = $otrace;
5627
5628    # Restore the old filehandle.
5629    select($savout);
5630} ## end sub dumpit
5631
5632=head2 C<print_trace>
5633
5634C<print_trace>'s job is to print a stack trace. It does this via the
5635C<dump_trace> routine, which actually does all the ferreting-out of the
5636stack trace data. C<print_trace> takes care of formatting it nicely and
5637printing it to the proper filehandle.
5638
5639Parameters:
5640
5641=over 4
5642
5643=item *
5644
5645The filehandle to print to.
5646
5647=item *
5648
5649How many frames to skip before starting trace.
5650
5651=item *
5652
5653How many frames to print.
5654
5655=item *
5656
5657A flag: if true, print a I<short> trace without filenames, line numbers, or arguments
5658
5659=back
5660
5661The original comment below seems to be noting that the traceback may not be
5662correct if this routine is called in a tied method.
5663
5664=cut
5665
5666# Tied method do not create a context, so may get wrong message:
5667
5668sub print_trace {
5669    local $\ = '';
5670    my $fh = shift;
5671
5672    # If this is going to a slave editor, but we're not the primary
5673    # debugger, reset it first.
5674    resetterm(1)
5675      if $fh        eq $LINEINFO    # slave editor
5676      and $LINEINFO eq $OUT         # normal output
5677      and $term_pid != $$;          # not the primary
5678
5679    # Collect the actual trace information to be formatted.
5680    # This is an array of hashes of subroutine call info.
5681    my @sub = dump_trace( $_[0] + 1, $_[1] );
5682
5683    # Grab the "short report" flag from @_.
5684    my $short = $_[2];              # Print short report, next one for sub name
5685
5686    # Run through the traceback info, format it, and print it.
5687    my $s;
5688    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub ; $i++ ) {
5689
5690        # Drop out if the user has lost interest and hit control-C.
5691        last if $signal;
5692
5693        # Set the separator so arrys print nice.
5694        local $" = ', ';
5695
5696        # Grab and stringify the arguments if they are there.
5697        my $args =
5698          defined $sub[$i]{args}
5699          ? "(@{ $sub[$i]{args} })"
5700          : '';
5701
5702        # Shorten them up if $maxtrace says they're too long.
5703        $args = ( substr $args, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...'
5704          if length $args > $maxtrace;
5705
5706        # Get the file name.
5707        my $file = $sub[$i]{file};
5708
5709        # Put in a filename header if short is off.
5710        $file = $file eq '-e' ? $file : "file `$file'" unless $short;
5711
5712        # Get the actual sub's name, and shorten to $maxtrace's requirement.
5713        $s = $sub[$i]{sub};
5714        $s = ( substr $s, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...' if length $s > $maxtrace;
5715
5716        # Short report uses trimmed file and sub names.
5717        if ($short) {
5718            my $sub = @_ >= 4 ? $_[3] : $s;
5719            print $fh "$sub[$i]{context}=$sub$args from $file:$sub[$i]{line}\n";
5720        } ## end if ($short)
5721
5722        # Non-short report includes full names.
5723        else {
5724            print $fh "$sub[$i]{context} = $s$args"
5725              . " called from $file"
5726              . " line $sub[$i]{line}\n";
5727        }
5728    } ## end for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub...
5729} ## end sub print_trace
5730
5731=head2 dump_trace(skip[,count])
5732
5733Actually collect the traceback information available via C<caller()>. It does
5734some filtering and cleanup of the data, but mostly it just collects it to
5735make C<print_trace()>'s job easier.
5736
5737C<skip> defines the number of stack frames to be skipped, working backwards
5738from the most current. C<count> determines the total number of frames to
5739be returned; all of them (well, the first 10^9) are returned if C<count>
5740is omitted.
5741
5742This routine returns a list of hashes, from most-recent to least-recent
5743stack frame. Each has the following keys and values:
5744
5745=over 4
5746
5747=item * C<context> - C<.> (null), C<$> (scalar), or C<@> (array)
5748
5749=item * C<sub> - subroutine name, or C<eval> information
5750
5751=item * C<args> - undef, or a reference to an array of arguments
5752
5753=item * C<file> - the file in which this item was defined (if any)
5754
5755=item * C<line> - the line on which it was defined
5756
5757=back
5758
5759=cut
5760
5761sub dump_trace {
5762
5763    # How many levels to skip.
5764    my $skip = shift;
5765
5766    # How many levels to show. (1e9 is a cheap way of saying "all of them";
5767    # it's unlikely that we'll have more than a billion stack frames. If you
5768    # do, you've got an awfully big machine...)
5769    my $count = shift || 1e9;
5770
5771    # We increment skip because caller(1) is the first level *back* from
5772    # the current one.  Add $skip to the count of frames so we have a
5773    # simple stop criterion, counting from $skip to $count+$skip.
5774    $skip++;
5775    $count += $skip;
5776
5777    # These variables are used to capture output from caller();
5778    my ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context );
5779
5780    my ( $e, $r, @a, @sub, $args );
5781
5782    # XXX Okay... why'd we do that?
5783    my $nothard = not $frame & 8;
5784    local $frame = 0;
5785
5786    # Do not want to trace this.
5787    my $otrace = $trace;
5788    $trace = 0;
5789
5790    # Start out at the skip count.
5791    # If we haven't reached the number of frames requested, and caller() is
5792    # still returning something, stay in the loop. (If we pass the requested
5793    # number of stack frames, or we run out - caller() returns nothing - we
5794    # quit.
5795    # Up the stack frame index to go back one more level each time.
5796    for (
5797        $i = $skip ;
5798        $i < $count
5799        and ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context, $e, $r ) = caller($i) ;
5800        $i++
5801      )
5802    {
5803
5804        # Go through the arguments and save them for later.
5805        @a = ();
5806        for $arg (@args) {
5807            my $type;
5808            if ( not defined $arg ) {    # undefined parameter
5809                push @a, "undef";
5810            }
5811
5812            elsif ( $nothard and tied $arg ) {    # tied parameter
5813                push @a, "tied";
5814            }
5815            elsif ( $nothard and $type = ref $arg ) {    # reference
5816                push @a, "ref($type)";
5817            }
5818            else {                                       # can be stringified
5819                local $_ =
5820                  "$arg";    # Safe to stringify now - should not call f().
5821
5822                # Backslash any single-quotes or backslashes.
5823                s/([\'\\])/\\$1/g;
5824
5825                # Single-quote it unless it's a number or a colon-separated
5826                # name.
5827                s/(.*)/'$1'/s
5828                  unless /^(?: -?[\d.]+ | \*[\w:]* )$/x;
5829
5830                # Turn high-bit characters into meta-whatever.
5831                s/([\200-\377])/sprintf("M-%c",ord($1)&0177)/eg;
5832
5833                # Turn control characters into ^-whatever.
5834                s/([\0-\37\177])/sprintf("^%c",ord($1)^64)/eg;
5835
5836                push( @a, $_ );
5837            } ## end else [ if (not defined $arg)
5838        } ## end for $arg (@args)
5839
5840        # If context is true, this is array (@)context.
5841        # If context is false, this is scalar ($) context.
5842        # If neither, context isn't defined. (This is apparently a 'can't
5843        # happen' trap.)
5844        $context = $context ? '@' : ( defined $context ? "\$" : '.' );
5845
5846        # if the sub has args ($h true), make an anonymous array of the
5847        # dumped args.
5848        $args = $h ? [@a] : undef;
5849
5850        # remove trailing newline-whitespace-semicolon-end of line sequence
5851        # from the eval text, if any.
5852        $e =~ s/\n\s*\;\s*\Z// if $e;
5853
5854        # Escape backslashed single-quotes again if necessary.
5855        $e =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g if $e;
5856
5857        # if the require flag is true, the eval text is from a require.
5858        if ($r) {
5859            $sub = "require '$e'";
5860        }
5861
5862        # if it's false, the eval text is really from an eval.
5863        elsif ( defined $r ) {
5864            $sub = "eval '$e'";
5865        }
5866
5867        # If the sub is '(eval)', this is a block eval, meaning we don't
5868        # know what the eval'ed text actually was.
5869        elsif ( $sub eq '(eval)' ) {
5870            $sub = "eval {...}";
5871        }
5872
5873        # Stick the collected information into @sub as an anonymous hash.
5874        push(
5875            @sub,
5876            {
5877                context => $context,
5878                sub     => $sub,
5879                args    => $args,
5880                file    => $file,
5881                line    => $line
5882            }
5883        );
5884
5885        # Stop processing frames if the user hit control-C.
5886        last if $signal;
5887    } ## end for ($i = $skip ; $i < ...
5888
5889    # Restore the trace value again.
5890    $trace = $otrace;
5891    @sub;
5892} ## end sub dump_trace
5893
5894=head2 C<action()>
5895
5896C<action()> takes input provided as the argument to an add-action command,
5897either pre- or post-, and makes sure it's a complete command. It doesn't do
5898any fancy parsing; it just keeps reading input until it gets a string
5899without a trailing backslash.
5900
5901=cut
5902
5903sub action {
5904    my $action = shift;
5905
5906    while ( $action =~ s/\\$// ) {
5907
5908        # We have a backslash on the end. Read more.
5909        $action .= &gets;
5910    } ## end while ($action =~ s/\\$//)
5911
5912    # Return the assembled action.
5913    $action;
5914} ## end sub action
5915
5916=head2 unbalanced
5917
5918This routine mostly just packages up a regular expression to be used
5919to check that the thing it's being matched against has properly-matched
5920curly braces.
5921
5922Of note is the definition of the C<$balanced_brace_re> global via C<||=>, which
5923speeds things up by only creating the qr//'ed expression once; if it's
5924already defined, we don't try to define it again. A speed hack.
5925
5926=cut
5927
5928sub unbalanced {
5929
5930    # I hate using globals!
5931    $balanced_brace_re ||= qr{
5932        ^ \{
5933             (?:
5934                 (?> [^{}] + )              # Non-parens without backtracking
5935                |
5936                 (??{ $balanced_brace_re }) # Group with matching parens
5937              ) *
5938          \} $
5939   }x;
5940    return $_[0] !~ m/$balanced_brace_re/;
5941} ## end sub unbalanced
5942
5943=head2 C<gets()>
5944
5945C<gets()> is a primitive (very primitive) routine to read continuations.
5946It was devised for reading continuations for actions.
5947it just reads more input with C<readline()> and returns it.
5948
5949=cut
5950
5951sub gets {
5952    &readline("cont: ");
5953}
5954
5955=head2 C<DB::system()> - handle calls to<system()> without messing up the debugger
5956
5957The C<system()> function assumes that it can just go ahead and use STDIN and
5958STDOUT, but under the debugger, we want it to use the debugger's input and
5959outout filehandles.
5960
5961C<DB::system()> socks away the program's STDIN and STDOUT, and then substitutes
5962the debugger's IN and OUT filehandles for them. It does the C<system()> call,
5963and then puts everything back again.
5964
5965=cut
5966
5967sub system {
5968
5969    # We save, change, then restore STDIN and STDOUT to avoid fork() since
5970    # some non-Unix systems can do system() but have problems with fork().
5971    open( SAVEIN,  "<&STDIN" )  || &warn("Can't save STDIN");
5972    open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
5973    open( STDIN,   "<&IN" )     || &warn("Can't redirect STDIN");
5974    open( STDOUT,  ">&OUT" )    || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
5975
5976    # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
5977    system(@_);
5978    open( STDIN,  "<&SAVEIN" )  || &warn("Can't restore STDIN");
5979    open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
5980    close(SAVEIN);
5981    close(SAVEOUT);
5982
5983    # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
5984    if ( $? >> 8 ) {
5985        &warn( "(Command exited ", ( $? >> 8 ), ")\n" );
5986    }
5987    elsif ($?) {
5988        &warn(
5989            "(Command died of SIG#",
5990            ( $? & 127 ),
5991            ( ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "" ),
5992            ")", "\n"
5993        );
5994    } ## end elsif ($?)
5995
5996    return $?;
5997
5998} ## end sub system
5999
6000=head1 TTY MANAGEMENT
6001
6002The subs here do some of the terminal management for multiple debuggers.
6003
6004=head2 setterm
6005
6006Top-level function called when we want to set up a new terminal for use
6007by the debugger.
6008
6009If the C<noTTY> debugger option was set, we'll either use the terminal
6010supplied (the value of the C<noTTY> option), or we'll use C<Term::Rendezvous>
6011to find one. If we're a forked debugger, we call C<resetterm> to try to
6012get a whole new terminal if we can.
6013
6014In either case, we set up the terminal next. If the C<ReadLine> option was
6015true, we'll get a C<Term::ReadLine> object for the current terminal and save
6016the appropriate attributes. We then
6017
6018=cut
6019
6020sub setterm {
6021
6022    # Load Term::Readline, but quietly; don't debug it and don't trace it.
6023    local $frame = 0;
6024    local $doret = -2;
6025    eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
6026
6027    # If noTTY is set, but we have a TTY name, go ahead and hook up to it.
6028    if ($notty) {
6029        if ($tty) {
6030            my ( $i, $o ) = split $tty, /,/;
6031            $o = $i unless defined $o;
6032            open( IN,  "<$i" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$i' for read: $!";
6033            open( OUT, ">$o" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$o' for write: $!";
6034            $IN  = \*IN;
6035            $OUT = \*OUT;
6036            my $sel = select($OUT);
6037            $| = 1;
6038            select($sel);
6039        } ## end if ($tty)
6040
6041        # We don't have a TTY - try to find one via Term::Rendezvous.
6042        else {
6043            eval "require Term::Rendezvous;" or die;
6044
6045            # See if we have anything to pass to Term::Rendezvous.
6046            # Use $HOME/.perldbtty$$ if not.
6047            my $rv = $ENV{PERLDB_NOTTY} || "$ENV{HOME}/.perldbtty$$";
6048
6049            # Rendezvous and get the filehandles.
6050            my $term_rv = new Term::Rendezvous $rv;
6051            $IN  = $term_rv->IN;
6052            $OUT = $term_rv->OUT;
6053        } ## end else [ if ($tty)
6054    } ## end if ($notty)
6055
6056    # We're a daughter debugger. Try to fork off another TTY.
6057    if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) {    # In a TTY with another debugger
6058        resetterm(2);
6059    }
6060
6061    # If we shouldn't use Term::ReadLine, don't.
6062    if ( !$rl ) {
6063        $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6064    }
6065
6066    # We're using Term::ReadLine. Get all the attributes for this terminal.
6067    else {
6068        $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6069
6070        $rl_attribs = $term->Attribs;
6071        $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} .= '-:+/*,[])}'
6072          if defined $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}
6073          and index( $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}, ":" ) == -1;
6074        $rl_attribs->{special_prefixes} = '$@&%';
6075        $rl_attribs->{completer_word_break_characters} .= '$@&%';
6076        $rl_attribs->{completion_function} = \&db_complete;
6077    } ## end else [ if (!$rl)
6078
6079    # Set up the LINEINFO filehandle.
6080    $LINEINFO = $OUT     unless defined $LINEINFO;
6081    $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
6082
6083    $term->MinLine(2);
6084
6085    &load_hist();
6086
6087    if ( $term->Features->{setHistory} and "@hist" ne "?" ) {
6088        $term->SetHistory(@hist);
6089    }
6090
6091    # XXX Ornaments are turned on unconditionally, which is not
6092    # always a good thing.
6093    ornaments($ornaments) if defined $ornaments;
6094    $term_pid = $$;
6095} ## end sub setterm
6096
6097sub load_hist {
6098    $histfile //= option_val("HistFile", undef);
6099    return unless defined $histfile;
6100    open my $fh, "<", $histfile or return;
6101    local $/ = "\n";
6102    @hist = ();
6103    while (<$fh>) {
6104        chomp;
6105        push @hist, $_;
6106    }
6107    close $fh;
6108}
6109
6110sub save_hist {
6111    return unless defined $histfile;
6112    eval { require File::Path } or return;
6113    eval { require File::Basename } or return;
6114    File::Path::mkpath(File::Basename::dirname($histfile));
6115    open my $fh, ">", $histfile or die "Could not open '$histfile': $!";
6116    $histsize //= option_val("HistSize",100);
6117    my @copy = grep { $_ ne '?' } @hist;
6118    my $start = scalar(@copy) > $histsize ? scalar(@copy)-$histsize : 0;
6119    for ($start .. $#copy) {
6120        print $fh "$copy[$_]\n";
6121    }
6122    close $fh or die "Could not write '$histfile': $!";
6123}
6124
6125=head1 GET_FORK_TTY EXAMPLE FUNCTIONS
6126
6127When the process being debugged forks, or the process invokes a command
6128via C<system()> which starts a new debugger, we need to be able to get a new
6129C<IN> and C<OUT> filehandle for the new debugger. Otherwise, the two processes
6130fight over the terminal, and you can never quite be sure who's going to get the
6131input you're typing.
6132
6133C<get_fork_TTY> is a glob-aliased function which calls the real function that
6134is tasked with doing all the necessary operating system mojo to get a new
6135TTY (and probably another window) and to direct the new debugger to read and
6136write there.
6137
6138The debugger provides C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for X Windows,
6139OS/2, and Mac OS X. Other systems are not supported. You are encouraged
6140to write C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for I<your> platform
6141and contribute them.
6142
6143=head3 C<xterm_get_fork_TTY>
6144
6145This function provides the C<get_fork_TTY> function for X windows. If a
6146program running under the debugger forks, a new <xterm> window is opened and
6147the subsidiary debugger is directed there.
6148
6149The C<open()> call is of particular note here. We have the new C<xterm>
6150we're spawning route file number 3 to STDOUT, and then execute the C<tty>
6151command (which prints the device name of the TTY we'll want to use for input
6152and output to STDOUT, then C<sleep> for a very long time, routing this output
6153to file number 3. This way we can simply read from the <XT> filehandle (which
6154is STDOUT from the I<commands> we ran) to get the TTY we want to use.
6155
6156Only works if C<xterm> is in your path and C<$ENV{DISPLAY}>, etc. are
6157properly set up.
6158
6159=cut
6160
6161sub xterm_get_fork_TTY {
6162    ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6163    open XT,
6164qq[3>&1 xterm -title "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name" -e sh -c 'tty 1>&3;\
6165 sleep 10000000' |];
6166
6167    # Get the output from 'tty' and clean it up a little.
6168    my $tty = <XT>;
6169    chomp $tty;
6170
6171    $pidprompt = '';    # Shown anyway in titlebar
6172
6173    # We need $term defined or we can not switch to the newly created xterm
6174    if ($tty ne '' && !defined $term) {
6175        eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
6176        if ( !$rl ) {
6177            $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6178        }
6179        else {
6180            $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6181        }
6182    }
6183    # There's our new TTY.
6184    return $tty;
6185} ## end sub xterm_get_fork_TTY
6186
6187=head3 C<os2_get_fork_TTY>
6188
6189XXX It behooves an OS/2 expert to write the necessary documentation for this!
6190
6191=cut
6192
6193# This example function resets $IN, $OUT itself
6194my $c_pipe = 0;
6195sub os2_get_fork_TTY { # A simplification of the following (and works without):
6196    local $\  = '';
6197    ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6198    my %opt = (	title => "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name",
6199		($rl ? (read_by_key => 1) : ()) );
6200    require OS2::Process;
6201    my ($in, $out, $pid) = eval { OS2::Process::io_term(related => 0, %opt) }
6202      or return;
6203    $pidprompt = '';    # Shown anyway in titlebar
6204    reset_IN_OUT($in, $out);
6205    $tty = '*reset*';
6206    return '';          # Indicate that reset_IN_OUT is called
6207} ## end sub os2_get_fork_TTY
6208
6209=head3 C<macosx_get_fork_TTY>
6210
6211The Mac OS X version uses AppleScript to tell Terminal.app to create
6212a new window.
6213
6214=cut
6215
6216# Notes about Terminal.app's AppleScript support,
6217# (aka things that might break in future OS versions).
6218#
6219# The "do script" command doesn't return a reference to the new window
6220# it creates, but since it appears frontmost and windows are enumerated
6221# front to back, we can use "first window" === "window 1".
6222#
6223# Since "do script" is implemented by supplying the argument (plus a
6224# return character) as terminal input, there's a potential race condition
6225# where the debugger could beat the shell to reading the command.
6226# To prevent this, we wait for the screen to clear before proceeding.
6227#
6228# 10.3 and 10.4:
6229# There's no direct accessor for the tty device name, so we fiddle
6230# with the window title options until it says what we want.
6231#
6232# 10.5:
6233# There _is_ a direct accessor for the tty device name, _and_ there's
6234# a new possible component of the window title (the name of the settings
6235# set).  A separate version is needed.
6236
6237my @script_versions=
6238
6239    ([237, <<'__LEOPARD__'],
6240tell application "Terminal"
6241    do script "clear;exec sleep 100000"
6242    tell first tab of first window
6243        copy tty to thetty
6244        set custom title to "forked perl debugger"
6245        set title displays custom title to true
6246        repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0
6247            delay 0.1
6248        end repeat
6249    end tell
6250end tell
6251thetty
6252__LEOPARD__
6253
6254     [100, <<'__JAGUAR_TIGER__'],
6255tell application "Terminal"
6256    do script "clear;exec sleep 100000"
6257    tell first window
6258        set title displays shell path to false
6259        set title displays window size to false
6260        set title displays file name to false
6261        set title displays device name to true
6262        set title displays custom title to true
6263        set custom title to ""
6264        copy "/dev/" & name to thetty
6265        set custom title to "forked perl debugger"
6266        repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0
6267            delay 0.1
6268        end repeat
6269    end tell
6270end tell
6271thetty
6272__JAGUAR_TIGER__
6273
6274);
6275
6276sub macosx_get_fork_TTY
6277{
6278    my($version,$script,$pipe,$tty);
6279
6280    return unless $version=$ENV{TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION};
6281    foreach my $entry (@script_versions) {
6282	if ($version>=$entry->[0]) {
6283	    $script=$entry->[1];
6284	    last;
6285	}
6286    }
6287    return unless defined($script);
6288    return unless open($pipe,'-|','/usr/bin/osascript','-e',$script);
6289    $tty=readline($pipe);
6290    close($pipe);
6291    return unless defined($tty) && $tty =~ m(^/dev/);
6292    chomp $tty;
6293    return $tty;
6294}
6295
6296=head2 C<create_IN_OUT($flags)>
6297
6298Create a new pair of filehandles, pointing to a new TTY. If impossible,
6299try to diagnose why.
6300
6301Flags are:
6302
6303=over 4
6304
6305=item * 1 - Don't know how to create a new TTY.
6306
6307=item * 2 - Debugger has forked, but we can't get a new TTY.
6308
6309=item * 4 - standard debugger startup is happening.
6310
6311=back
6312
6313=cut
6314
6315sub create_IN_OUT {    # Create a window with IN/OUT handles redirected there
6316
6317    # If we know how to get a new TTY, do it! $in will have
6318    # the TTY name if get_fork_TTY works.
6319    my $in = &get_fork_TTY if defined &get_fork_TTY;
6320
6321    # It used to be that
6322    $in = $fork_TTY if defined $fork_TTY;    # Backward compatibility
6323
6324    if ( not defined $in ) {
6325        my $why = shift;
6326
6327        # We don't know how.
6328        print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 1;
6329I<#########> Forked, but do not know how to create a new B<TTY>. I<#########>
6330EOP
6331
6332        # Forked debugger.
6333        print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 2;
6334I<#########> Daughter session, do not know how to change a B<TTY>. I<#########>
6335  This may be an asynchronous session, so the parent debugger may be active.
6336EOP
6337
6338        # Note that both debuggers are fighting over the same input.
6339        print_help(<<EOP) if $why != 4;
6340  Since two debuggers fight for the same TTY, input is severely entangled.
6341
6342EOP
6343        print_help(<<EOP);
6344  I know how to switch the output to a different window in xterms, OS/2
6345  consoles, and Mac OS X Terminal.app only.  For a manual switch, put the name
6346  of the created I<TTY> in B<\$DB::fork_TTY>, or define a function
6347  B<DB::get_fork_TTY()> returning this.
6348
6349  On I<UNIX>-like systems one can get the name of a I<TTY> for the given window
6350  by typing B<tty>, and disconnect the I<shell> from I<TTY> by B<sleep 1000000>.
6351
6352EOP
6353    } ## end if (not defined $in)
6354    elsif ( $in ne '' ) {
6355        TTY($in);
6356    }
6357    else {
6358        $console = '';    # Indicate no need to open-from-the-console
6359    }
6360    undef $fork_TTY;
6361} ## end sub create_IN_OUT
6362
6363=head2 C<resetterm>
6364
6365Handles rejiggering the prompt when we've forked off a new debugger.
6366
6367If the new debugger happened because of a C<system()> that invoked a
6368program under the debugger, the arrow between the old pid and the new
6369in the prompt has I<two> dashes instead of one.
6370
6371We take the current list of pids and add this one to the end. If there
6372isn't any list yet, we make one up out of the initial pid associated with
6373the terminal and our new pid, sticking an arrow (either one-dashed or
6374two dashed) in between them.
6375
6376If C<CreateTTY> is off, or C<resetterm> was called with no arguments,
6377we don't try to create a new IN and OUT filehandle. Otherwise, we go ahead
6378and try to do that.
6379
6380=cut
6381
6382sub resetterm {    # We forked, so we need a different TTY
6383
6384    # Needs to be passed to create_IN_OUT() as well.
6385    my $in = shift;
6386
6387    # resetterm(2): got in here because of a system() starting a debugger.
6388    # resetterm(1): just forked.
6389    my $systemed = $in > 1 ? '-' : '';
6390
6391    # If there's already a list of pids, add this to the end.
6392    if ($pids) {
6393        $pids =~ s/\]/$systemed->$$]/;
6394    }
6395
6396    # No pid list. Time to make one.
6397    else {
6398        $pids = "[$term_pid->$$]";
6399    }
6400
6401    # The prompt we're going to be using for this debugger.
6402    $pidprompt = $pids;
6403
6404    # We now 0wnz this terminal.
6405    $term_pid = $$;
6406
6407    # Just return if we're not supposed to try to create a new TTY.
6408    return unless $CreateTTY & $in;
6409
6410    # Try to create a new IN/OUT pair.
6411    create_IN_OUT($in);
6412} ## end sub resetterm
6413
6414=head2 C<readline>
6415
6416First, we handle stuff in the typeahead buffer. If there is any, we shift off
6417the next line, print a message saying we got it, add it to the terminal
6418history (if possible), and return it.
6419
6420If there's nothing in the typeahead buffer, check the command filehandle stack.
6421If there are any filehandles there, read from the last one, and return the line
6422if we got one. If not, we pop the filehandle off and close it, and try the
6423next one up the stack.
6424
6425If we've emptied the filehandle stack, we check to see if we've got a socket
6426open, and we read that and return it if we do. If we don't, we just call the
6427core C<readline()> and return its value.
6428
6429=cut
6430
6431sub readline {
6432
6433    # Localize to prevent it from being smashed in the program being debugged.
6434    local $.;
6435
6436    # Pull a line out of the typeahead if there's stuff there.
6437    if (@typeahead) {
6438
6439        # How many lines left.
6440        my $left = @typeahead;
6441
6442        # Get the next line.
6443        my $got = shift @typeahead;
6444
6445        # Print a message saying we got input from the typeahead.
6446        local $\ = '';
6447        print $OUT "auto(-$left)", shift, $got, "\n";
6448
6449        # Add it to the terminal history (if possible).
6450        $term->AddHistory($got)
6451          if length($got) > 1
6452          and defined $term->Features->{addHistory};
6453        return $got;
6454    } ## end if (@typeahead)
6455
6456    # We really need to read some input. Turn off entry/exit trace and
6457    # return value printing.
6458    local $frame = 0;
6459    local $doret = -2;
6460
6461    # If there are stacked filehandles to read from ...
6462    while (@cmdfhs) {
6463
6464        # Read from the last one in the stack.
6465        my $line = CORE::readline( $cmdfhs[-1] );
6466
6467        # If we got a line ...
6468        defined $line
6469          ? ( print $OUT ">> $line" and return $line )    # Echo and return
6470          : close pop @cmdfhs;                            # Pop and close
6471    } ## end while (@cmdfhs)
6472
6473    # Nothing on the filehandle stack. Socket?
6474    if ( ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa( $OUT, 'IO::Socket::INET' ) ) {
6475
6476        # Send anyting we have to send.
6477        $OUT->write( join( '', @_ ) );
6478
6479        # Receive anything there is to receive.
6480        $stuff;
6481        my $stuff = '';
6482        my $buf;
6483        do {
6484            $IN->recv( $buf = '', 2048 );   # XXX "what's wrong with sysread?"
6485                                            # XXX Don't know. You tell me.
6486        } while length $buf and ($stuff .= $buf) !~ /\n/;
6487
6488        # What we got.
6489        $stuff;
6490    } ## end if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa...
6491
6492    # No socket. Just read from the terminal.
6493    else {
6494        $term->readline(@_);
6495    }
6496} ## end sub readline
6497
6498=head1 OPTIONS SUPPORT ROUTINES
6499
6500These routines handle listing and setting option values.
6501
6502=head2 C<dump_option> - list the current value of an option setting
6503
6504This routine uses C<option_val> to look up the value for an option.
6505It cleans up escaped single-quotes and then displays the option and
6506its value.
6507
6508=cut
6509
6510sub dump_option {
6511    my ( $opt, $val ) = @_;
6512    $val = option_val( $opt, 'N/A' );
6513    $val =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g;
6514    printf $OUT "%20s = '%s'\n", $opt, $val;
6515} ## end sub dump_option
6516
6517sub options2remember {
6518    foreach my $k (@RememberOnROptions) {
6519        $option{$k} = option_val( $k, 'N/A' );
6520    }
6521    return %option;
6522}
6523
6524=head2 C<option_val> - find the current value of an option
6525
6526This can't just be a simple hash lookup because of the indirect way that
6527the option values are stored. Some are retrieved by calling a subroutine,
6528some are just variables.
6529
6530You must supply a default value to be used in case the option isn't set.
6531
6532=cut
6533
6534sub option_val {
6535    my ( $opt, $default ) = @_;
6536    my $val;
6537
6538    # Does this option exist, and is it a variable?
6539    # If so, retrieve the value via the value in %optionVars.
6540    if (    defined $optionVars{$opt}
6541        and defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6542    {
6543        $val = ${ $optionVars{$opt} };
6544    }
6545
6546    # Does this option exist, and it's a subroutine?
6547    # If so, call the subroutine via the ref in %optionAction
6548    # and capture the value.
6549    elsif ( defined $optionAction{$opt}
6550        and defined &{ $optionAction{$opt} } )
6551    {
6552        $val = &{ $optionAction{$opt} }();
6553    }
6554
6555    # If there's an action or variable for the supplied option,
6556    # but no value was set, use the default.
6557    elsif (defined $optionAction{$opt} and not defined $option{$opt}
6558        or defined $optionVars{$opt} and not defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6559    {
6560        $val = $default;
6561    }
6562
6563    # Otherwise, do the simple hash lookup.
6564    else {
6565        $val = $option{$opt};
6566    }
6567
6568    # If the value isn't defined, use the default.
6569    # Then return whatever the value is.
6570    $val = $default unless defined $val;
6571    $val;
6572} ## end sub option_val
6573
6574=head2 C<parse_options>
6575
6576Handles the parsing and execution of option setting/displaying commands.
6577
6578An option entered by itself is assumed to be I<set me to 1> (the default value)
6579if the option is a boolean one. If not, the user is prompted to enter a valid
6580value or to query the current value (via C<option? >).
6581
6582If C<option=value> is entered, we try to extract a quoted string from the
6583value (if it is quoted). If it's not, we just use the whole value as-is.
6584
6585We load any modules required to service this option, and then we set it: if
6586it just gets stuck in a variable, we do that; if there's a subroutine to
6587handle setting the option, we call that.
6588
6589Finally, if we're running in interactive mode, we display the effect of the
6590user's command back to the terminal, skipping this if we're setting things
6591during initialization.
6592
6593=cut
6594
6595sub parse_options {
6596    local ($_) = @_;
6597    local $\ = '';
6598
6599    # These options need a value. Don't allow them to be clobbered by accident.
6600    my %opt_needs_val = map { ( $_ => 1 ) } qw{
6601      dumpDepth arrayDepth hashDepth LineInfo maxTraceLen ornaments windowSize
6602      pager quote ReadLine recallCommand RemotePort ShellBang TTY CommandSet
6603    };
6604
6605    while (length) {
6606        my $val_defaulted;
6607
6608        # Clean off excess leading whitespace.
6609        s/^\s+// && next;
6610
6611        # Options are always all word characters, followed by a non-word
6612        # separator.
6613        s/^(\w+)(\W?)// or print( $OUT "Invalid option `$_'\n" ), last;
6614        my ( $opt, $sep ) = ( $1, $2 );
6615
6616        # Make sure that such an option exists.
6617        my $matches = grep( /^\Q$opt/ && ( $option = $_ ), @options )
6618          || grep( /^\Q$opt/i && ( $option = $_ ), @options );
6619
6620        print( $OUT "Unknown option `$opt'\n" ), next unless $matches;
6621        print( $OUT "Ambiguous option `$opt'\n" ), next if $matches > 1;
6622        my $val;
6623
6624        # '?' as separator means query, but must have whitespace after it.
6625        if ( "?" eq $sep ) {
6626            print( $OUT "Option query `$opt?' followed by non-space `$_'\n" ),
6627              last
6628              if /^\S/;
6629
6630            #&dump_option($opt);
6631        } ## end if ("?" eq $sep)
6632
6633        # Separator is whitespace (or just a carriage return).
6634        # They're going for a default, which we assume is 1.
6635        elsif ( $sep !~ /\S/ ) {
6636            $val_defaulted = 1;
6637            $val           = "1";   #  this is an evil default; make 'em set it!
6638        }
6639
6640        # Separator is =. Trying to set a value.
6641        elsif ( $sep eq "=" ) {
6642
6643            # If quoted, extract a quoted string.
6644            if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) {
6645                my $quote = $1;
6646                ( $val = $2 ) =~ s/\\([$quote\\])/$1/g;
6647            }
6648
6649            # Not quoted. Use the whole thing. Warn about 'option='.
6650            else {
6651                s/^(\S*)//;
6652                $val = $1;
6653                print OUT qq(Option better cleared using $opt=""\n)
6654                  unless length $val;
6655            } ## end else [ if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x)
6656
6657        } ## end elsif ($sep eq "=")
6658
6659        # "Quoted" with [], <>, or {}.
6660        else {    #{ to "let some poor schmuck bounce on the % key in B<vi>."
6661            my ($end) =
6662              "\\" . substr( ")]>}$sep", index( "([<{", $sep ), 1 );    #}
6663            s/^(([^\\$end]|\\[\\$end])*)$end($|\s+)//
6664              or print( $OUT "Unclosed option value `$opt$sep$_'\n" ), last;
6665            ( $val = $1 ) =~ s/\\([\\$end])/$1/g;
6666        } ## end else [ if ("?" eq $sep)
6667
6668        # Exclude non-booleans from getting set to 1 by default.
6669        if ( $opt_needs_val{$option} && $val_defaulted ) {
6670            my $cmd = ( $CommandSet eq '580' ) ? 'o' : 'O';
6671            print $OUT
6672"Option `$opt' is non-boolean.  Use `$cmd $option=VAL' to set, `$cmd $option?' to query\n";
6673            next;
6674        } ## end if ($opt_needs_val{$option...
6675
6676        # Save the option value.
6677        $option{$option} = $val if defined $val;
6678
6679        # Load any module that this option requires.
6680        eval qq{
6681                local \$frame = 0;
6682                local \$doret = -2;
6683                require '$optionRequire{$option}';
6684                1;
6685               } || die    # XXX: shouldn't happen
6686          if defined $optionRequire{$option}
6687          && defined $val;
6688
6689        # Set it.
6690        # Stick it in the proper variable if it goes in a variable.
6691        ${ $optionVars{$option} } = $val
6692          if defined $optionVars{$option}
6693          && defined $val;
6694
6695        # Call the appropriate sub if it gets set via sub.
6696        &{ $optionAction{$option} }($val)
6697          if defined $optionAction{$option}
6698          && defined &{ $optionAction{$option} }
6699          && defined $val;
6700
6701        # Not initialization - echo the value we set it to.
6702        dump_option($option) unless $OUT eq \*STDERR;
6703    } ## end while (length)
6704} ## end sub parse_options
6705
6706=head1 RESTART SUPPORT
6707
6708These routines are used to store (and restore) lists of items in environment
6709variables during a restart.
6710
6711=head2 set_list
6712
6713Set_list packages up items to be stored in a set of environment variables
6714(VAR_n, containing the number of items, and VAR_0, VAR_1, etc., containing
6715the values). Values outside the standard ASCII charset are stored by encoding
6716then as hexadecimal values.
6717
6718=cut
6719
6720sub set_list {
6721    my ( $stem, @list ) = @_;
6722    my $val;
6723
6724    # VAR_n: how many we have. Scalar assignment gets the number of items.
6725    $ENV{"${stem}_n"} = @list;
6726
6727    # Grab each item in the list, escape the backslashes, encode the non-ASCII
6728    # as hex, and then save in the appropriate VAR_0, VAR_1, etc.
6729    for $i ( 0 .. $#list ) {
6730        $val = $list[$i];
6731        $val =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
6732        $val =~ s/([\0-\37\177\200-\377])/"\\0x" . unpack('H2',$1)/eg;
6733        $ENV{"${stem}_$i"} = $val;
6734    } ## end for $i (0 .. $#list)
6735} ## end sub set_list
6736
6737=head2 get_list
6738
6739Reverse the set_list operation: grab VAR_n to see how many we should be getting
6740back, and then pull VAR_0, VAR_1. etc. back out.
6741
6742=cut 
6743
6744sub get_list {
6745    my $stem = shift;
6746    my @list;
6747    my $n = delete $ENV{"${stem}_n"};
6748    my $val;
6749    for $i ( 0 .. $n - 1 ) {
6750        $val = delete $ENV{"${stem}_$i"};
6751        $val =~ s/\\((\\)|0x(..))/ $2 ? $2 : pack('H2', $3) /ge;
6752        push @list, $val;
6753    }
6754    @list;
6755} ## end sub get_list
6756
6757=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL AND I/O MANAGEMENT
6758
6759=head2 catch()
6760
6761The C<catch()> subroutine is the essence of fast and low-impact. We simply
6762set an already-existing global scalar variable to a constant value. This
6763avoids allocating any memory possibly in the middle of something that will
6764get all confused if we do, particularly under I<unsafe signals>.
6765
6766=cut
6767
6768sub catch {
6769    $signal = 1;
6770    return;    # Put nothing on the stack - malloc/free land!
6771}
6772
6773=head2 C<warn()>
6774
6775C<warn> emits a warning, by joining together its arguments and printing
6776them, with couple of fillips.
6777
6778If the composited message I<doesn't> end with a newline, we automatically
6779add C<$!> and a newline to the end of the message. The subroutine expects $OUT
6780to be set to the filehandle to be used to output warnings; it makes no
6781assumptions about what filehandles are available.
6782
6783=cut
6784
6785sub warn {
6786    my ($msg) = join( "", @_ );
6787    $msg .= ": $!\n" unless $msg =~ /\n$/;
6788    local $\ = '';
6789    print $OUT $msg;
6790} ## end sub warn
6791
6792=head1 INITIALIZATION TTY SUPPORT
6793
6794=head2 C<reset_IN_OUT>
6795
6796This routine handles restoring the debugger's input and output filehandles
6797after we've tried and failed to move them elsewhere.  In addition, it assigns
6798the debugger's output filehandle to $LINEINFO if it was already open there.
6799
6800=cut
6801
6802sub reset_IN_OUT {
6803    my $switch_li = $LINEINFO eq $OUT;
6804
6805    # If there's a term and it's able to get a new tty, try to get one.
6806    if ( $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6807        ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6808        $term->newTTY( $IN, $OUT );
6809    }
6810
6811    # This term can't get a new tty now. Better luck later.
6812    elsif ($term) {
6813        &warn("Too late to set IN/OUT filehandles, enabled on next `R'!\n");
6814    }
6815
6816    # Set the filehndles up as they were.
6817    else {
6818        ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6819    }
6820
6821    # Unbuffer the output filehandle.
6822    my $o = select $OUT;
6823    $| = 1;
6824    select $o;
6825
6826    # Point LINEINFO to the same output filehandle if it was there before.
6827    $LINEINFO = $OUT if $switch_li;
6828} ## end sub reset_IN_OUT
6829
6830=head1 OPTION SUPPORT ROUTINES
6831
6832The following routines are used to process some of the more complicated
6833debugger options.
6834
6835=head2 C<TTY>
6836
6837Sets the input and output filehandles to the specified files or pipes.
6838If the terminal supports switching, we go ahead and do it. If not, and
6839there's already a terminal in place, we save the information to take effect
6840on restart.
6841
6842If there's no terminal yet (for instance, during debugger initialization),
6843we go ahead and set C<$console> and C<$tty> to the file indicated.
6844
6845=cut
6846
6847sub TTY {
6848
6849    if ( @_ and $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6850
6851        # This terminal supports switching to a new TTY.
6852        # Can be a list of two files, or on string containing both names,
6853        # comma-separated.
6854        # XXX Should this perhaps be an assignment from @_?
6855        my ( $in, $out ) = shift;
6856        if ( $in =~ /,/ ) {
6857
6858            # Split list apart if supplied.
6859            ( $in, $out ) = split /,/, $in, 2;
6860        }
6861        else {
6862
6863            # Use the same file for both input and output.
6864            $out = $in;
6865        }
6866
6867        # Open file onto the debugger's filehandles, if you can.
6868        open IN,  $in     or die "cannot open `$in' for read: $!";
6869        open OUT, ">$out" or die "cannot open `$out' for write: $!";
6870
6871        # Swap to the new filehandles.
6872        reset_IN_OUT( \*IN, \*OUT );
6873
6874        # Save the setting for later.
6875        return $tty = $in;
6876    } ## end if (@_ and $term and $term...
6877
6878    # Terminal doesn't support new TTY, or doesn't support readline.
6879    # Can't do it now, try restarting.
6880    &warn("Too late to set TTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if $term and @_;
6881
6882    # Useful if done through PERLDB_OPTS:
6883    $console = $tty = shift if @_;
6884
6885    # Return whatever the TTY is.
6886    $tty or $console;
6887} ## end sub TTY
6888
6889=head2 C<noTTY>
6890
6891Sets the C<$notty> global, controlling whether or not the debugger tries to
6892get a terminal to read from. If called after a terminal is already in place,
6893we save the value to use it if we're restarted.
6894
6895=cut
6896
6897sub noTTY {
6898    if ($term) {
6899        &warn("Too late to set noTTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6900    }
6901    $notty = shift if @_;
6902    $notty;
6903} ## end sub noTTY
6904
6905=head2 C<ReadLine>
6906
6907Sets the C<$rl> option variable. If 0, we use C<Term::ReadLine::Stub>
6908(essentially, no C<readline> processing on this I<terminal>). Otherwise, we
6909use C<Term::ReadLine>. Can't be changed after a terminal's in place; we save
6910the value in case a restart is done so we can change it then.
6911
6912=cut
6913
6914sub ReadLine {
6915    if ($term) {
6916        &warn("Too late to set ReadLine, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6917    }
6918    $rl = shift if @_;
6919    $rl;
6920} ## end sub ReadLine
6921
6922=head2 C<RemotePort>
6923
6924Sets the port that the debugger will try to connect to when starting up.
6925If the terminal's already been set up, we can't do it, but we remember the
6926setting in case the user does a restart.
6927
6928=cut
6929
6930sub RemotePort {
6931    if ($term) {
6932        &warn("Too late to set RemotePort, enabled on next 'R'!\n") if @_;
6933    }
6934    $remoteport = shift if @_;
6935    $remoteport;
6936} ## end sub RemotePort
6937
6938=head2 C<tkRunning>
6939
6940Checks with the terminal to see if C<Tk> is running, and returns true or
6941false. Returns false if the current terminal doesn't support C<readline>.
6942
6943=cut
6944
6945sub tkRunning {
6946    if ( ${ $term->Features }{tkRunning} ) {
6947        return $term->tkRunning(@_);
6948    }
6949    else {
6950        local $\ = '';
6951        print $OUT "tkRunning not supported by current ReadLine package.\n";
6952        0;
6953    }
6954} ## end sub tkRunning
6955
6956=head2 C<NonStop>
6957
6958Sets nonstop mode. If a terminal's already been set up, it's too late; the
6959debugger remembers the setting in case you restart, though.
6960
6961=cut
6962
6963sub NonStop {
6964    if ($term) {
6965        &warn("Too late to set up NonStop mode, enabled on next `R'!\n")
6966          if @_;
6967    }
6968    $runnonstop = shift if @_;
6969    $runnonstop;
6970} ## end sub NonStop
6971
6972sub DollarCaretP {
6973    if ($term) {
6974        &warn("Some flag changes could not take effect until next 'R'!\n")
6975          if @_;
6976    }
6977    $^P = parse_DollarCaretP_flags(shift) if @_;
6978    expand_DollarCaretP_flags($^P);
6979}
6980
6981=head2 C<pager>
6982
6983Set up the C<$pager> variable. Adds a pipe to the front unless there's one
6984there already.
6985
6986=cut
6987
6988sub pager {
6989    if (@_) {
6990        $pager = shift;
6991        $pager = "|" . $pager unless $pager =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/;
6992    }
6993    $pager;
6994} ## end sub pager
6995
6996=head2 C<shellBang>
6997
6998Sets the shell escape command, and generates a printable copy to be used
6999in the help.
7000
7001=cut
7002
7003sub shellBang {
7004
7005    # If we got an argument, meta-quote it, and add '\b' if it
7006    # ends in a word character.
7007    if (@_) {
7008        $sh = quotemeta shift;
7009        $sh .= "\\b" if $sh =~ /\w$/;
7010    }
7011
7012    # Generate the printable version for the help:
7013    $psh = $sh;    # copy it
7014    $psh =~ s/\\b$//;        # Take off trailing \b if any
7015    $psh =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g;    # De-escape
7016    $psh;                    # return the printable version
7017} ## end sub shellBang
7018
7019=head2 C<ornaments>
7020
7021If the terminal has its own ornaments, fetch them. Otherwise accept whatever
7022was passed as the argument. (This means you can't override the terminal's
7023ornaments.)
7024
7025=cut 
7026
7027sub ornaments {
7028    if ( defined $term ) {
7029
7030        # We don't want to show warning backtraces, but we do want die() ones.
7031        local ( $warnLevel, $dieLevel ) = ( 0, 1 );
7032
7033        # No ornaments if the terminal doesn't support them.
7034        return '' unless $term->Features->{ornaments};
7035        eval { $term->ornaments(@_) } || '';
7036    }
7037
7038    # Use what was passed in if we can't determine it ourselves.
7039    else {
7040        $ornaments = shift;
7041    }
7042} ## end sub ornaments
7043
7044=head2 C<recallCommand>
7045
7046Sets the recall command, and builds a printable version which will appear in
7047the help text.
7048
7049=cut
7050
7051sub recallCommand {
7052
7053    # If there is input, metaquote it. Add '\b' if it ends with a word
7054    # character.
7055    if (@_) {
7056        $rc = quotemeta shift;
7057        $rc .= "\\b" if $rc =~ /\w$/;
7058    }
7059
7060    # Build it into a printable version.
7061    $prc = $rc;    # Copy it
7062    $prc =~ s/\\b$//;        # Remove trailing \b
7063    $prc =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g;    # Remove escapes
7064    $prc;                    # Return the printable version
7065} ## end sub recallCommand
7066
7067=head2 C<LineInfo> - where the line number information goes
7068
7069Called with no arguments, returns the file or pipe that line info should go to.
7070
7071Called with an argument (a file or a pipe), it opens that onto the
7072C<LINEINFO> filehandle, unbuffers the filehandle, and then returns the
7073file or pipe again to the caller.
7074
7075=cut
7076
7077sub LineInfo {
7078    return $lineinfo unless @_;
7079    $lineinfo = shift;
7080
7081    #  If this is a valid "thing to be opened for output", tack a
7082    # '>' onto the front.
7083    my $stream = ( $lineinfo =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/ ) ? $lineinfo : ">$lineinfo";
7084
7085    # If this is a pipe, the stream points to a slave editor.
7086    $slave_editor = ( $stream =~ /^\|/ );
7087
7088    # Open it up and unbuffer it.
7089    open( LINEINFO, "$stream" ) || &warn("Cannot open `$stream' for write");
7090    $LINEINFO = \*LINEINFO;
7091    my $save = select($LINEINFO);
7092    $| = 1;
7093    select($save);
7094
7095    # Hand the file or pipe back again.
7096    $lineinfo;
7097} ## end sub LineInfo
7098
7099=head1 COMMAND SUPPORT ROUTINES
7100
7101These subroutines provide functionality for various commands.
7102
7103=head2 C<list_modules>
7104
7105For the C<M> command: list modules loaded and their versions.
7106Essentially just runs through the keys in %INC, picks each package's
7107C<$VERSION> variable, gets the file name, and formats the information
7108for output.
7109
7110=cut
7111
7112sub list_modules {    # versions
7113    my %version;
7114    my $file;
7115
7116    # keys are the "as-loaded" name, values are the fully-qualified path
7117    # to the file itself.
7118    for ( keys %INC ) {
7119        $file = $_;                                # get the module name
7120        s,\.p[lm]$,,i;                             # remove '.pl' or '.pm'
7121        s,/,::,g;                                  # change '/' to '::'
7122        s/^perl5db$/DB/;                           # Special case: debugger
7123                                                   # moves to package DB
7124        s/^Term::ReadLine::readline$/readline/;    # simplify readline
7125
7126        # If the package has a $VERSION package global (as all good packages
7127        # should!) decode it and save as partial message.
7128        if ( defined ${ $_ . '::VERSION' } ) {
7129            $version{$file} = "${ $_ . '::VERSION' } from ";
7130        }
7131
7132        # Finish up the message with the file the package came from.
7133        $version{$file} .= $INC{$file};
7134    } ## end for (keys %INC)
7135
7136    # Hey, dumpit() formats a hash nicely, so why not use it?
7137    dumpit( $OUT, \%version );
7138} ## end sub list_modules
7139
7140=head2 C<sethelp()>
7141
7142Sets up the monster string used to format and print the help.
7143
7144=head3 HELP MESSAGE FORMAT
7145
7146The help message is a peculiar format unto itself; it mixes C<pod> I<ornaments>
7147(C<< B<> >> C<< I<> >>) with tabs to come up with a format that's fairly
7148easy to parse and portable, but which still allows the help to be a little
7149nicer than just plain text.
7150
7151Essentially, you define the command name (usually marked up with C<< B<> >>
7152and C<< I<> >>), followed by a tab, and then the descriptive text, ending in a
7153newline. The descriptive text can also be marked up in the same way. If you
7154need to continue the descriptive text to another line, start that line with
7155just tabs and then enter the marked-up text.
7156
7157If you are modifying the help text, I<be careful>. The help-string parser is
7158not very sophisticated, and if you don't follow these rules it will mangle the
7159help beyond hope until you fix the string.
7160
7161=cut
7162
7163sub sethelp {
7164
7165    # XXX: make sure there are tabs between the command and explanation,
7166    #      or print_help will screw up your formatting if you have
7167    #      eeevil ornaments enabled.  This is an insane mess.
7168
7169    $help = "
7170Help is currently only available for the new 5.8 command set.
7171No help is available for the old command set.
7172We assume you know what you're doing if you switch to it.
7173
7174B<T>        Stack trace.
7175B<s> [I<expr>]    Single step [in I<expr>].
7176B<n> [I<expr>]    Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7177<B<CR>>        Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7178B<r>        Return from current subroutine.
7179B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>]    Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7180        at the specified position.
7181B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr>    List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7182B<l> I<min>B<->I<max>    List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7183B<l> I<line>        List single I<line>.
7184B<l> I<subname>    List first window of lines from subroutine.
7185B<l> I<\$var>        List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7186B<l>        List next window of lines.
7187B<->        List previous window of lines.
7188B<v> [I<line>]    View window around I<line>.
7189B<.>        Return to the executed line.
7190B<f> I<filename>    Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7191        I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7192        expression matching the full file name:
7193        B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7194        Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7195        B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7196        (in the order of execution).
7197B</>I<pattern>B</>    Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7198B<?>I<pattern>B<?>    Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7199B<L> [I<a|b|w>]        List actions and or breakpoints and or watch-expressions.
7200B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>]    List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7201B<t>        Toggle trace mode.
7202B<t> I<expr>        Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7203B<b>        Sets breakpoint on current line)
7204B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7205        Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7206        I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7207B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7208        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7209B<b> I<\$var>        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7210B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on 'require'ing the given file.
7211B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7212        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7213        it is compiled.
7214B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7215        Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7216B<B> [I<line>]    Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7217B<B> I<*>             Delete all breakpoints.
7218B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7219        Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7220        I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7221        Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7222        if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7223        execute line.
7224B<a>        Does nothing
7225B<A> [I<line>]    Delete the action for I<line>.
7226B<A> I<*>             Delete all actions.
7227B<w> I<expr>        Add a global watch-expression.
7228B<w>             Does nothing
7229B<W> I<expr>        Delete a global watch-expression.
7230B<W> I<*>             Delete all watch-expressions.
7231B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]]    List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7232        Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7233B<X> [I<vars>]    Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7234B<x> I<expr>        Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7235B<m> I<expr>        Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7236        on the first element of the result.
7237B<m> I<class>        Prints methods callable via the given class.
7238B<M>        Show versions of loaded modules.
7239B<i> I<class>       Prints nested parents of given class.
7240B<e>         Display current thread id.
7241B<E>         Display all thread ids the current one will be identified: <n>.
7242B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]]   List lexicals in higher scope <n>.  Vars same as B<V>.
7243
7244B<<> ?            List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7245B<<> I<expr>        Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7246B<<<> I<expr>        Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7247B<< *>                Delete the list of perl commands to run before each prompt.
7248B<>> ?            List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7249B<>> I<expr>        Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7250B<>>B<>> I<expr>        Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7251B<>>B< *>        Delete the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7252B<{> I<db_command>    Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7253B<{> ?            List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7254B<{{> I<db_command>    Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7255B<{ *>             Delete the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7256B<$prc> I<number>    Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7257B<$prc> I<-number>    Redo number'th-to-last command.
7258B<$prc> I<pattern>    Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7259        See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7260B<$psh$psh> I<cmd>      Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7261      . (
7262        $rc eq $sh
7263        ? ""
7264        : "
7265B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7266      ) . "
7267        See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7268B<source> I<file>     Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7269B<save> I<file>       Save current debugger session (actual history) to I<file>.
7270B<rerun>           Rerun session to current position.
7271B<rerun> I<n>         Rerun session to numbered command.
7272B<rerun> I<-n>        Rerun session to number'th-to-last command.
7273B<H> I<-number>    Display last number commands (default all).
7274B<H> I<*>          Delete complete history.
7275B<p> I<expr>        Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7276B<|>I<dbcmd>        Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7277B<||>I<dbcmd>        Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7278B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>]    Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7279I<command>        Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7280B<R>        Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7281        and command-line options may be lost.
7282        Currently the following settings are preserved:
7283        history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7284        and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7285
7286B<o> [I<opt>] ...    Set boolean option to true
7287B<o> [I<opt>B<?>]    Query options
7288B<o> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7289        Set options.  Use quotes if spaces in value.
7290    I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang>    chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7291    I<pager>            program for output of \"|cmd\";
7292    I<tkRunning>            run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7293    I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel>    level of verbosity;
7294    I<inhibit_exit>        Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7295    I<ImmediateStop>        Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7296    I<RemotePort>            Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7297  The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7298    I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth>     print only first N elements ('' for all);
7299    I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact>     change style of array and hash dump;
7300    I<globPrint>             whether to print contents of globs;
7301    I<DumpDBFiles>         dump arrays holding debugged files;
7302    I<DumpPackages>         dump symbol tables of packages;
7303    I<DumpReused>             dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7304    I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint>     change style of string dump;
7305    I<bareStringify>         Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7306  Other options include:
7307    I<PrintRet>        affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7308    I<frame>        affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7309    I<AutoTrace>    affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7310    I<maxTraceLen>    gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7311    I<ornaments>     affects screen appearance of the command line.
7312    I<CreateTTY>     bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7313            1: on fork()    2: debugger is started inside debugger
7314            4: on startup
7315    During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7316    You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7317    I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7318    `B<R>' after you set them).
7319
7320B<q> or B<^D>        Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7321B<h>        Summary of debugger commands.
7322B<h> [I<db_command>]    Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7323B<h h>        Long help for debugger commands
7324B<$doccmd> I<manpage>    Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7325        named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7326        Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7327
7328Type `|h h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7329
7330";    # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7331
7332    #  note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7333    $summary = <<"END_SUM";
7334I<List/search source lines:>               I<Control script execution:>
7335  B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>]  List source code            B<T>           Stack trace
7336  B<-> or B<.>      List previous/current line  B<s> [I<expr>]    Single step [in expr]
7337  B<v> [I<line>]    View around line            B<n> [I<expr>]    Next, steps over subs
7338  B<f> I<filename>  View source in file         <B<CR>/B<Enter>>  Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7339  B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?>   Search forw/backw    B<r>           Return from subroutine
7340  B<M>           Show module versions        B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>]  Continue until position
7341I<Debugger controls:>                        B<L>           List break/watch/actions
7342  B<o> [...]     Set debugger options        B<t> [I<expr>]    Toggle trace [trace expr]
7343  B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7344  B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>]   Redo a previous command     B<B> I<ln|*>      Delete a/all breakpoints
7345  B<H> [I<-num>]    Display last num commands   B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd>  Do cmd before line
7346  B<=> [I<a> I<val>]   Define/list an alias        B<A> I<ln|*>      Delete a/all actions
7347  B<h> [I<db_cmd>]  Get help on command         B<w> I<expr>      Add a watch expression
7348  B<h h>         Complete help page          B<W> I<expr|*>    Delete a/all watch exprs
7349  B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd>  Send output to pager        B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7350  B<q> or B<^D>     Quit                        B<R>           Attempt a restart
7351I<Data Examination:>     B<expr>     Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7352  B<x>|B<m> I<expr>       Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7353  B<p> I<expr>         Print expression (uses script's current package).
7354  B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>]     List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7355  B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]]  List Variables in Package.  Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7356  B<X> [I<Vars>]       Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".  B<i> I<class> inheritance tree.
7357  B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]]   List lexicals in higher scope <n>.  Vars same as B<V>.
7358  B<e>     Display thread id     B<E> Display all thread ids.
7359For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7360END_SUM
7361
7362    # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7363
7364    # and this is really numb...
7365    $pre580_help = "
7366B<T>        Stack trace.
7367B<s> [I<expr>]    Single step [in I<expr>].
7368B<n> [I<expr>]    Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7369B<CR>>        Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7370B<r>        Return from current subroutine.
7371B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>]    Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7372        at the specified position.
7373B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr>    List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7374B<l> I<min>B<->I<max>    List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7375B<l> I<line>        List single I<line>.
7376B<l> I<subname>    List first window of lines from subroutine.
7377B<l> I<\$var>        List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7378B<l>        List next window of lines.
7379B<->        List previous window of lines.
7380B<w> [I<line>]    List window around I<line>.
7381B<.>        Return to the executed line.
7382B<f> I<filename>    Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7383        I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7384        expression matching the full file name:
7385        B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7386        Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7387        B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7388        (in the order of execution).
7389B</>I<pattern>B</>    Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7390B<?>I<pattern>B<?>    Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7391B<L>        List all breakpoints and actions.
7392B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>]    List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7393B<t>        Toggle trace mode.
7394B<t> I<expr>        Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7395B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7396        Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7397        I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7398B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7399        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7400B<b> I<\$var>        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7401B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on `require'ing the given file.
7402B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7403        Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7404        it is compiled.
7405B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7406        Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7407B<d> [I<line>]    Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7408B<D>        Delete all breakpoints.
7409B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7410        Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7411        I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7412        Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7413        if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7414        execute line.
7415B<a> [I<line>]    Delete the action for I<line>.
7416B<A>        Delete all actions.
7417B<W> I<expr>        Add a global watch-expression.
7418B<W>        Delete all watch-expressions.
7419B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]]    List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7420        Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7421B<X> [I<vars>]    Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7422B<x> I<expr>        Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7423B<m> I<expr>        Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7424        on the first element of the result.
7425B<m> I<class>        Prints methods callable via the given class.
7426
7427B<<> ?            List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7428B<<> I<expr>        Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7429B<<<> I<expr>        Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7430B<>> ?            List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7431B<>> I<expr>        Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7432B<>>B<>> I<expr>        Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7433B<{> I<db_command>    Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7434B<{> ?            List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7435B<{{> I<db_command>    Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7436B<$prc> I<number>    Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7437B<$prc> I<-number>    Redo number'th-to-last command.
7438B<$prc> I<pattern>    Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7439        See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7440B<$psh$psh> I<cmd>      Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7441      . (
7442        $rc eq $sh
7443        ? ""
7444        : "
7445B<$psh> [I<cmd>]     Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7446      ) . "
7447        See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7448B<source> I<file>        Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7449B<H> I<-number>    Display last number commands (default all).
7450B<p> I<expr>        Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7451B<|>I<dbcmd>        Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7452B<||>I<dbcmd>        Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7453B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>]    Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7454I<command>        Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7455B<v>        Show versions of loaded modules.
7456B<R>        Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7457        and command-line options may be lost.
7458        Currently the following settings are preserved:
7459        history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7460        and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7461
7462B<O> [I<opt>] ...    Set boolean option to true
7463B<O> [I<opt>B<?>]    Query options
7464B<O> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7465        Set options.  Use quotes if spaces in value.
7466    I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang>    chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7467    I<pager>            program for output of \"|cmd\";
7468    I<tkRunning>            run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7469    I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel>    level of verbosity;
7470    I<inhibit_exit>        Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7471    I<ImmediateStop>        Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7472    I<RemotePort>            Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7473  The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7474    I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth>     print only first N elements ('' for all);
7475    I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact>     change style of array and hash dump;
7476    I<globPrint>             whether to print contents of globs;
7477    I<DumpDBFiles>         dump arrays holding debugged files;
7478    I<DumpPackages>         dump symbol tables of packages;
7479    I<DumpReused>             dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7480    I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint>     change style of string dump;
7481    I<bareStringify>         Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7482  Other options include:
7483    I<PrintRet>        affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7484    I<frame>        affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7485    I<AutoTrace>    affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7486    I<maxTraceLen>    gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7487    I<ornaments>     affects screen appearance of the command line.
7488    I<CreateTTY>     bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7489            1: on fork()    2: debugger is started inside debugger
7490            4: on startup
7491    During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7492    You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7493    I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7494    `B<R>' after you set them).
7495
7496B<q> or B<^D>        Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7497B<h> [I<db_command>]    Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7498B<h h>        Summary of debugger commands.
7499B<$doccmd> I<manpage>    Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7500        named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7501        Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7502
7503Type `|h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7504
7505";    # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7506
7507    #  note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7508    $pre580_summary = <<"END_SUM";
7509I<List/search source lines:>               I<Control script execution:>
7510  B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>]  List source code            B<T>           Stack trace
7511  B<-> or B<.>      List previous/current line  B<s> [I<expr>]    Single step [in expr]
7512  B<w> [I<line>]    List around line            B<n> [I<expr>]    Next, steps over subs
7513  B<f> I<filename>  View source in file         <B<CR>/B<Enter>>  Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7514  B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?>   Search forw/backw    B<r>           Return from subroutine
7515  B<v>           Show versions of modules    B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>]  Continue until position
7516I<Debugger controls:>                        B<L>           List break/watch/actions
7517  B<O> [...]     Set debugger options        B<t> [I<expr>]    Toggle trace [trace expr]
7518  B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7519  B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>]   Redo a previous command     B<d> [I<ln>] or B<D> Delete a/all breakpoints
7520  B<H> [I<-num>]    Display last num commands   B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd>  Do cmd before line
7521  B<=> [I<a> I<val>]   Define/list an alias        B<W> I<expr>      Add a watch expression
7522  B<h> [I<db_cmd>]  Get help on command         B<A> or B<W>      Delete all actions/watch
7523  B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd>  Send output to pager        B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7524  B<q> or B<^D>     Quit                        B<R>           Attempt a restart
7525I<Data Examination:>     B<expr>     Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7526  B<x>|B<m> I<expr>       Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7527  B<p> I<expr>         Print expression (uses script's current package).
7528  B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>]     List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7529  B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]]  List Variables in Package.  Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7530  B<X> [I<Vars>]       Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".
7531  B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]]   List lexicals in higher scope <n>.  Vars same as B<V>.
7532For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7533END_SUM
7534
7535    # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7536
7537} ## end sub sethelp
7538
7539=head2 C<print_help()>
7540
7541Most of what C<print_help> does is just text formatting. It finds the
7542C<B> and C<I> ornaments, cleans them off, and substitutes the proper
7543terminal control characters to simulate them (courtesy of
7544C<Term::ReadLine::TermCap>).
7545
7546=cut
7547
7548sub print_help {
7549    local $_ = shift;
7550
7551    # Restore proper alignment destroyed by eeevil I<> and B<>
7552    # ornaments: A pox on both their houses!
7553    #
7554    # A help command will have everything up to and including
7555    # the first tab sequence padded into a field 16 (or if indented 20)
7556    # wide.  If it's wider than that, an extra space will be added.
7557    s{
7558        ^                       # only matters at start of line
7559          ( \040{4} | \t )*     # some subcommands are indented
7560          ( < ?                 # so <CR> works
7561            [BI] < [^\t\n] + )  # find an eeevil ornament
7562          ( \t+ )               # original separation, discarded
7563          ( .* )                # this will now start (no earlier) than
7564                                # column 16
7565    } {
7566        my($leadwhite, $command, $midwhite, $text) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
7567        my $clean = $command;
7568        $clean =~ s/[BI]<([^>]*)>/$1/g;
7569
7570        # replace with this whole string:
7571        ($leadwhite ? " " x 4 : "")
7572      . $command
7573      . ((" " x (16 + ($leadwhite ? 4 : 0) - length($clean))) || " ")
7574      . $text;
7575
7576    }mgex;
7577
7578    s{                          # handle bold ornaments
7579       B < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7580    } {
7581          $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[2]
7582        . $1
7583        . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[3]
7584    }gex;
7585
7586    s{                         # handle italic ornaments
7587       I < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7588    } {
7589          $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[0]
7590        . $1
7591        . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[1]
7592    }gex;
7593
7594    local $\ = '';
7595    print $OUT $_;
7596} ## end sub print_help
7597
7598=head2 C<fix_less>
7599
7600This routine does a lot of gyrations to be sure that the pager is C<less>.
7601It checks for C<less> masquerading as C<more> and records the result in
7602C<$ENV{LESS}> so we don't have to go through doing the stats again.
7603
7604=cut
7605
7606sub fix_less {
7607
7608    # We already know if this is set.
7609    return if defined $ENV{LESS} && $ENV{LESS} =~ /r/;
7610
7611    # Pager is less for sure.
7612    my $is_less = $pager =~ /\bless\b/;
7613    if ( $pager =~ /\bmore\b/ ) {
7614
7615        # Nope, set to more. See what's out there.
7616        my @st_more = stat('/usr/bin/more');
7617        my @st_less = stat('/usr/bin/less');
7618
7619        # is it really less, pretending to be more?
7620             $is_less = @st_more
7621          && @st_less
7622          && $st_more[0] == $st_less[0]
7623          && $st_more[1] == $st_less[1];
7624    } ## end if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/)
7625
7626    # changes environment!
7627    # 'r' added so we don't do (slow) stats again.
7628    $ENV{LESS} .= 'r' if $is_less;
7629} ## end sub fix_less
7630
7631=head1 DIE AND WARN MANAGEMENT
7632
7633=head2 C<diesignal>
7634
7635C<diesignal> is a just-drop-dead C<die> handler. It's most useful when trying
7636to debug a debugger problem.
7637
7638It does its best to report the error that occurred, and then forces the
7639program, debugger, and everything to die.
7640
7641=cut
7642
7643sub diesignal {
7644
7645    # No entry/exit messages.
7646    local $frame = 0;
7647
7648    # No return value prints.
7649    local $doret = -2;
7650
7651    # set the abort signal handling to the default (just terminate).
7652    $SIG{'ABRT'} = 'DEFAULT';
7653
7654    # If we enter the signal handler recursively, kill myself with an
7655    # abort signal (so we just terminate).
7656    kill 'ABRT', $$ if $panic++;
7657
7658    # If we can show detailed info, do so.
7659    if ( defined &Carp::longmess ) {
7660
7661        # Don't recursively enter the warn handler, since we're carping.
7662        local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7663
7664        # Skip two levels before reporting traceback: we're skipping
7665        # mydie and confess.
7666        local $Carp::CarpLevel = 2;    # mydie + confess
7667
7668        # Tell us all about it.
7669        &warn( Carp::longmess("Signal @_") );
7670    }
7671
7672    # No Carp. Tell us about the signal as best we can.
7673    else {
7674        local $\ = '';
7675        print $DB::OUT "Got signal @_\n";
7676    }
7677
7678    # Drop dead.
7679    kill 'ABRT', $$;
7680} ## end sub diesignal
7681
7682=head2 C<dbwarn>
7683
7684The debugger's own default C<$SIG{__WARN__}> handler. We load C<Carp> to
7685be able to get a stack trace, and output the warning message vi C<DB::dbwarn()>.
7686
7687=cut
7688
7689sub dbwarn {
7690
7691    # No entry/exit trace.
7692    local $frame = 0;
7693
7694    # No return value printing.
7695    local $doret = -2;
7696
7697    # Turn off warn and die handling to prevent recursive entries to this
7698    # routine.
7699    local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7700    local $SIG{__DIE__}  = '';
7701
7702    # Load Carp if we can. If $^S is false (current thing being compiled isn't
7703    # done yet), we may not be able to do a require.
7704    eval { require Carp }
7705      if defined $^S;    # If error/warning during compilation,
7706                         # require may be broken.
7707
7708    # Use the core warn() unless Carp loaded OK.
7709    CORE::warn( @_,
7710        "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" ),
7711      return
7712      unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7713
7714    # Save the current values of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
7715    my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7716    $single = 0;
7717    $trace  = 0;
7718
7719    # We can call Carp::longmess without its being "debugged" (which we
7720    # don't want - we just want to use it!). Capture this for later.
7721    my $mess = Carp::longmess(@_);
7722
7723    # Restore $single and $trace to their original values.
7724    ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7725
7726    # Use the debugger's own special way of printing warnings to print
7727    # the stack trace message.
7728    &warn($mess);
7729} ## end sub dbwarn
7730
7731=head2 C<dbdie>
7732
7733The debugger's own C<$SIG{__DIE__}> handler. Handles providing a stack trace
7734by loading C<Carp> and calling C<Carp::longmess()> to get it. We turn off
7735single stepping and tracing during the call to C<Carp::longmess> to avoid
7736debugging it - we just want to use it.
7737
7738If C<dieLevel> is zero, we let the program being debugged handle the
7739exceptions. If it's 1, you get backtraces for any exception. If it's 2,
7740the debugger takes over all exception handling, printing a backtrace and
7741displaying the exception via its C<dbwarn()> routine.
7742
7743=cut
7744
7745sub dbdie {
7746    local $frame         = 0;
7747    local $doret         = -2;
7748    local $SIG{__DIE__}  = '';
7749    local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7750    my $i      = 0;
7751    my $ineval = 0;
7752    my $sub;
7753    if ( $dieLevel > 2 ) {
7754        local $SIG{__WARN__} = \&dbwarn;
7755        &warn(@_);    # Yell no matter what
7756        return;
7757    }
7758    if ( $dieLevel < 2 ) {
7759        die @_ if $^S;    # in eval propagate
7760    }
7761
7762    # The code used to check $^S to see if compiliation of the current thing
7763    # hadn't finished. We don't do it anymore, figuring eval is pretty stable.
7764    eval { require Carp };
7765
7766    die( @_,
7767        "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" )
7768      unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7769
7770    # We do not want to debug this chunk (automatic disabling works
7771    # inside DB::DB, but not in Carp). Save $single and $trace, turn them off,
7772    # get the stack trace from Carp::longmess (if possible), restore $signal
7773    # and $trace, and then die with the stack trace.
7774    my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7775    $single = 0;
7776    $trace  = 0;
7777    my $mess = "@_";
7778    {
7779
7780        package Carp;    # Do not include us in the list
7781        eval { $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); };
7782    }
7783    ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7784    die $mess;
7785} ## end sub dbdie
7786
7787=head2 C<warnlevel()>
7788
7789Set the C<$DB::warnLevel> variable that stores the value of the
7790C<warnLevel> option. Calling C<warnLevel()> with a positive value
7791results in the debugger taking over all warning handlers. Setting
7792C<warnLevel> to zero leaves any warning handlers set up by the program
7793being debugged in place.
7794
7795=cut
7796
7797sub warnLevel {
7798    if (@_) {
7799        $prevwarn = $SIG{__WARN__} unless $warnLevel;
7800        $warnLevel = shift;
7801        if ($warnLevel) {
7802            $SIG{__WARN__} = \&DB::dbwarn;
7803        }
7804        elsif ($prevwarn) {
7805            $SIG{__WARN__} = $prevwarn;
7806        } else {
7807            undef $SIG{__WARN__};
7808        }
7809    } ## end if (@_)
7810    $warnLevel;
7811} ## end sub warnLevel
7812
7813=head2 C<dielevel>
7814
7815Similar to C<warnLevel>. Non-zero values for C<dieLevel> result in the
7816C<DB::dbdie()> function overriding any other C<die()> handler. Setting it to
7817zero lets you use your own C<die()> handler.
7818
7819=cut
7820
7821sub dieLevel {
7822    local $\ = '';
7823    if (@_) {
7824        $prevdie = $SIG{__DIE__} unless $dieLevel;
7825        $dieLevel = shift;
7826        if ($dieLevel) {
7827
7828            # Always set it to dbdie() for non-zero values.
7829            $SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::dbdie;    # if $dieLevel < 2;
7830
7831            # No longer exists, so don't try  to use it.
7832            #$SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::diehard if $dieLevel >= 2;
7833
7834            # If we've finished initialization, mention that stack dumps
7835            # are enabled, If dieLevel is 1, we won't stack dump if we die
7836            # in an eval().
7837            print $OUT "Stack dump during die enabled",
7838              ( $dieLevel == 1 ? " outside of evals" : "" ), ".\n"
7839              if $I_m_init;
7840
7841            # XXX This is probably obsolete, given that diehard() is gone.
7842            print $OUT "Dump printed too.\n" if $dieLevel > 2;
7843        } ## end if ($dieLevel)
7844
7845        # Put the old one back if there was one.
7846        elsif ($prevdie) {
7847            $SIG{__DIE__} = $prevdie;
7848            print $OUT "Default die handler restored.\n";
7849        } else {
7850            undef $SIG{__DIE__};
7851            print $OUT "Die handler removed.\n";
7852        }
7853    } ## end if (@_)
7854    $dieLevel;
7855} ## end sub dieLevel
7856
7857=head2 C<signalLevel>
7858
7859Number three in a series: set C<signalLevel> to zero to keep your own
7860signal handler for C<SIGSEGV> and/or C<SIGBUS>. Otherwise, the debugger
7861takes over and handles them with C<DB::diesignal()>.
7862
7863=cut
7864
7865sub signalLevel {
7866    if (@_) {
7867        $prevsegv = $SIG{SEGV} unless $signalLevel;
7868        $prevbus  = $SIG{BUS}  unless $signalLevel;
7869        $signalLevel = shift;
7870        if ($signalLevel) {
7871            $SIG{SEGV} = \&DB::diesignal;
7872            $SIG{BUS}  = \&DB::diesignal;
7873        }
7874        else {
7875            $SIG{SEGV} = $prevsegv;
7876            $SIG{BUS}  = $prevbus;
7877        }
7878    } ## end if (@_)
7879    $signalLevel;
7880} ## end sub signalLevel
7881
7882=head1 SUBROUTINE DECODING SUPPORT
7883
7884These subroutines are used during the C<x> and C<X> commands to try to
7885produce as much information as possible about a code reference. They use
7886L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob in which this code reference lives
7887(if it does) - this allows us to actually code references which correspond
7888to named subroutines (including those aliased via glob assignment).
7889
7890=head2 C<CvGV_name()>
7891
7892Wrapper for C<CvGV_name_or_bust>; tries to get the name of a reference
7893via that routine. If this fails, return the reference again (when the
7894reference is stringified, it'll come out as C<SOMETHING(0x...)>).
7895
7896=cut
7897
7898sub CvGV_name {
7899    my $in   = shift;
7900    my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($in);
7901    defined $name ? $name : $in;
7902}
7903
7904=head2 C<CvGV_name_or_bust> I<coderef>
7905
7906Calls L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob the ref lives in; returns
7907C<undef> if L<Devel::Peek> can't be loaded, or if C<Devel::Peek::CvGV> can't
7908find a glob for this ref.
7909
7910Returns C<< I<package>::I<glob name> >> if the code ref is found in a glob.
7911
7912=cut
7913
7914sub CvGV_name_or_bust {
7915    my $in = shift;
7916    return if $skipCvGV;    # Backdoor to avoid problems if XS broken...
7917    return unless ref $in;
7918    $in = \&$in;            # Hard reference...
7919    eval { require Devel::Peek; 1 } or return;
7920    my $gv = Devel::Peek::CvGV($in) or return;
7921    *$gv{PACKAGE} . '::' . *$gv{NAME};
7922} ## end sub CvGV_name_or_bust
7923
7924=head2 C<find_sub>
7925
7926A utility routine used in various places; finds the file where a subroutine
7927was defined, and returns that filename and a line-number range.
7928
7929Tries to use C<@sub> first; if it can't find it there, it tries building a
7930reference to the subroutine and uses C<CvGV_name_or_bust> to locate it,
7931loading it into C<@sub> as a side effect (XXX I think). If it can't find it
7932this way, it brute-force searches C<%sub>, checking for identical references.
7933
7934=cut
7935
7936sub find_sub {
7937    my $subr = shift;
7938    $sub{$subr} or do {
7939        return unless defined &$subr;
7940        my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($subr);
7941        my $data;
7942        $data = $sub{$name} if defined $name;
7943        return $data if defined $data;
7944
7945        # Old stupid way...
7946        $subr = \&$subr;    # Hard reference
7947        my $s;
7948        for ( keys %sub ) {
7949            $s = $_, last if $subr eq \&$_;
7950        }
7951        $sub{$s} if $s;
7952      } ## end do
7953} ## end sub find_sub
7954
7955=head2 C<methods>
7956
7957A subroutine that uses the utility function C<methods_via> to find all the
7958methods in the class corresponding to the current reference and in
7959C<UNIVERSAL>.
7960
7961=cut
7962
7963sub methods {
7964
7965    # Figure out the class - either this is the class or it's a reference
7966    # to something blessed into that class.
7967    my $class = shift;
7968    $class = ref $class if ref $class;
7969
7970    local %seen;
7971
7972    # Show the methods that this class has.
7973    methods_via( $class, '', 1 );
7974
7975    # Show the methods that UNIVERSAL has.
7976    methods_via( 'UNIVERSAL', 'UNIVERSAL', 0 );
7977} ## end sub methods
7978
7979=head2 C<methods_via($class, $prefix, $crawl_upward)>
7980
7981C<methods_via> does the work of crawling up the C<@ISA> tree and reporting
7982all the parent class methods. C<$class> is the name of the next class to
7983try; C<$prefix> is the message prefix, which gets built up as we go up the
7984C<@ISA> tree to show parentage; C<$crawl_upward> is 1 if we should try to go
7985higher in the C<@ISA> tree, 0 if we should stop.
7986
7987=cut
7988
7989sub methods_via {
7990
7991    # If we've processed this class already, just quit.
7992    my $class = shift;
7993    return if $seen{$class}++;
7994
7995    # This is a package that is contributing the methods we're about to print.
7996    my $prefix  = shift;
7997    my $prepend = $prefix ? "via $prefix: " : '';
7998    my @to_print;
7999
8000    # Extract from all the symbols in this class.
8001    while (my ($name, $glob) = each %{"${class}::"}) {
8002	# references directly in the symbol table are Proxy Constant
8003	# Subroutines, and are by their very nature defined
8004	# Otherwise, check if the thing is a typeglob, and if it is, it decays
8005	# to a subroutine reference, which can be tested by defined.
8006	# $glob might also be the value -1  (from sub foo;)
8007	# or (say) '$$' (from sub foo ($$);)
8008	# \$glob will be SCALAR in both cases.
8009	if ((ref $glob || ($glob && ref \$glob eq 'GLOB' && defined &$glob))
8010	    && !$seen{$name}++) {
8011	    push @to_print, "$prepend$name\n";
8012	}
8013    }
8014
8015    {
8016	local $\ = '';
8017	local $, = '';
8018	print $DB::OUT $_ foreach sort @to_print;
8019    }
8020
8021    # If the $crawl_upward argument is false, just quit here.
8022    return unless shift;
8023
8024    # $crawl_upward true: keep going up the tree.
8025    # Find all the classes this one is a subclass of.
8026    for $name ( @{"${class}::ISA"} ) {
8027
8028        # Set up the new prefix.
8029        $prepend = $prefix ? $prefix . " -> $name" : $name;
8030
8031        # Crawl up the tree and keep trying to crawl up.
8032        methods_via( $name, $prepend, 1 );
8033    }
8034} ## end sub methods_via
8035
8036=head2 C<setman> - figure out which command to use to show documentation
8037
8038Just checks the contents of C<$^O> and sets the C<$doccmd> global accordingly.
8039
8040=cut
8041
8042sub setman {
8043    $doccmd = $^O !~ /^(?:MSWin32|VMS|os2|dos|amigaos|riscos|MacOS|NetWare)\z/s
8044      ? "man"         # O Happy Day!
8045      : "perldoc";    # Alas, poor unfortunates
8046} ## end sub setman
8047
8048=head2 C<runman> - run the appropriate command to show documentation
8049
8050Accepts a man page name; runs the appropriate command to display it (set up
8051during debugger initialization). Uses C<DB::system> to avoid mucking up the
8052program's STDIN and STDOUT.
8053
8054=cut
8055
8056sub runman {
8057    my $page = shift;
8058    unless ($page) {
8059        &system("$doccmd $doccmd");
8060        return;
8061    }
8062
8063    # this way user can override, like with $doccmd="man -Mwhatever"
8064    # or even just "man " to disable the path check.
8065    unless ( $doccmd eq 'man' ) {
8066        &system("$doccmd $page");
8067        return;
8068    }
8069
8070    $page = 'perl' if lc($page) eq 'help';
8071
8072    require Config;
8073    my $man1dir = $Config::Config{'man1dir'};
8074    my $man3dir = $Config::Config{'man3dir'};
8075    for ( $man1dir, $man3dir ) { s#/[^/]*\z## if /\S/ }
8076    my $manpath = '';
8077    $manpath .= "$man1dir:" if $man1dir =~ /\S/;
8078    $manpath .= "$man3dir:" if $man3dir =~ /\S/ && $man1dir ne $man3dir;
8079    chop $manpath if $manpath;
8080
8081    # harmless if missing, I figure
8082    my $oldpath = $ENV{MANPATH};
8083    $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath if $manpath;
8084    my $nopathopt = $^O =~ /dunno what goes here/;
8085    if (
8086        CORE::system(
8087            $doccmd,
8088
8089            # I just *know* there are men without -M
8090            ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
8091            split ' ', $page
8092        )
8093      )
8094    {
8095        unless ( $page =~ /^perl\w/ ) {
8096# do it this way because its easier to slurp in to keep up to date - clunky though.
8097my @pods = qw(
8098    5004delta
8099    5005delta
8100    561delta
8101    56delta
8102    570delta
8103    571delta
8104    572delta
8105    573delta
8106    58delta
8107    581delta
8108    582delta
8109    583delta
8110    584delta
8111    590delta
8112    591delta
8113    592delta
8114    aix
8115    amiga
8116    apio
8117    api
8118    apollo
8119    artistic
8120    beos
8121    book
8122    boot
8123    bot
8124    bs2000
8125    call
8126    ce
8127    cheat
8128    clib
8129    cn
8130    compile
8131    cygwin
8132    data
8133    dbmfilter
8134    debguts
8135    debtut
8136    debug
8137    delta
8138    dgux
8139    diag
8140    doc
8141    dos
8142    dsc
8143    ebcdic
8144    embed
8145    epoc
8146    faq1
8147    faq2
8148    faq3
8149    faq4
8150    faq5
8151    faq6
8152    faq7
8153    faq8
8154    faq9
8155    faq
8156    filter
8157    fork
8158    form
8159    freebsd
8160    func
8161    gpl
8162    guts
8163    hack
8164    hist
8165    hpux
8166    hurd
8167    intern
8168    intro
8169    iol
8170    ipc
8171    irix
8172    jp
8173    ko
8174    lexwarn
8175    locale
8176    lol
8177    macos
8178    macosx
8179    modinstall
8180    modlib
8181    mod
8182    modstyle
8183    mpeix
8184    netware
8185    newmod
8186    number
8187    obj
8188    opentut
8189    op
8190    os2
8191    os390
8192    os400
8193    packtut
8194    plan9
8195    pod
8196    podspec
8197    port
8198    qnx
8199    ref
8200    reftut
8201    re
8202    requick
8203    reref
8204    retut
8205    run
8206    sec
8207    solaris
8208    style
8209    sub
8210    syn
8211    thrtut
8212    tie
8213    toc
8214    todo
8215    tooc
8216    toot
8217    trap
8218    tru64
8219    tw
8220    unicode
8221    uniintro
8222    util
8223    uts
8224    var
8225    vmesa
8226    vms
8227    vos
8228    win32
8229    xs
8230    xstut
8231);
8232            if (grep { $page eq $_ } @pods) {
8233                $page =~ s/^/perl/;
8234                CORE::system( $doccmd,
8235                    ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
8236                    $page );
8237            } ## end if (grep { $page eq $_...
8238        } ## end unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/)
8239    } ## end if (CORE::system($doccmd...
8240    if ( defined $oldpath ) {
8241        $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath;
8242    }
8243    else {
8244        delete $ENV{MANPATH};
8245    }
8246} ## end sub runman
8247
8248#use Carp;                          # This did break, left for debugging
8249
8250=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION - THE SECOND BEGIN BLOCK
8251
8252Because of the way the debugger interface to the Perl core is designed, any
8253debugger package globals that C<DB::sub()> requires have to be defined before
8254any subroutines can be called. These are defined in the second C<BEGIN> block.
8255
8256This block sets things up so that (basically) the world is sane
8257before the debugger starts executing. We set up various variables that the
8258debugger has to have set up before the Perl core starts running:
8259
8260=over 4
8261
8262=item *
8263
8264The debugger's own filehandles (copies of STD and STDOUT for now).
8265
8266=item *
8267
8268Characters for shell escapes, the recall command, and the history command.
8269
8270=item *
8271
8272The maximum recursion depth.
8273
8274=item *
8275
8276The size of a C<w> command's window.
8277
8278=item *
8279
8280The before-this-line context to be printed in a C<v> (view a window around this line) command.
8281
8282=item *
8283
8284The fact that we're not in a sub at all right now.
8285
8286=item *
8287
8288The default SIGINT handler for the debugger.
8289
8290=item *
8291
8292The appropriate value of the flag in C<$^D> that says the debugger is running
8293
8294=item *
8295
8296The current debugger recursion level
8297
8298=item *
8299
8300The list of postponed items and the C<$single> stack (XXX define this)
8301
8302=item *
8303
8304That we want no return values and no subroutine entry/exit trace.
8305
8306=back
8307
8308=cut
8309
8310# The following BEGIN is very handy if debugger goes havoc, debugging debugger?
8311
8312BEGIN {    # This does not compile, alas. (XXX eh?)
8313    $IN  = \*STDIN;     # For bugs before DB::OUT has been opened
8314    $OUT = \*STDERR;    # For errors before DB::OUT has been opened
8315
8316    # Define characters used by command parsing.
8317    $sh       = '!';      # Shell escape (does not work)
8318    $rc       = ',';      # Recall command (does not work)
8319    @hist     = ('?');    # Show history (does not work)
8320    @truehist = ();       # Can be saved for replay (per session)
8321
8322    # This defines the point at which you get the 'deep recursion'
8323    # warning. It MUST be defined or the debugger will not load.
8324    $deep = 100;
8325
8326    # Number of lines around the current one that are shown in the
8327    # 'w' command.
8328    $window = 10;
8329
8330    # How much before-the-current-line context the 'v' command should
8331    # use in calculating the start of the window it will display.
8332    $preview = 3;
8333
8334    # We're not in any sub yet, but we need this to be a defined value.
8335    $sub = '';
8336
8337    # Set up the debugger's interrupt handler. It simply sets a flag
8338    # ($signal) that DB::DB() will check before each command is executed.
8339    $SIG{INT} = \&DB::catch;
8340
8341    # The following lines supposedly, if uncommented, allow the debugger to
8342    # debug itself. Perhaps we can try that someday.
8343    # This may be enabled to debug debugger:
8344    #$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
8345    #$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
8346    #$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
8347
8348    # This is the flag that says "a debugger is running, please call
8349    # DB::DB and DB::sub". We will turn it on forcibly before we try to
8350    # execute anything in the user's context, because we always want to
8351    # get control back.
8352    $db_stop = 0;          # Compiler warning ...
8353    $db_stop = 1 << 30;    # ... because this is only used in an eval() later.
8354
8355    # This variable records how many levels we're nested in debugging. Used
8356    # Used in the debugger prompt, and in determining whether it's all over or
8357    # not.
8358    $level = 0;            # Level of recursive debugging
8359
8360    # "Triggers bug (?) in perl if we postpone this until runtime."
8361    # XXX No details on this yet, or whether we should fix the bug instead
8362    # of work around it. Stay tuned.
8363    @postponed = @stack = (0);
8364
8365    # Used to track the current stack depth using the auto-stacked-variable
8366    # trick.
8367    $stack_depth = 0;      # Localized repeatedly; simple way to track $#stack
8368
8369    # Don't print return values on exiting a subroutine.
8370    $doret = -2;
8371
8372    # No extry/exit tracing.
8373    $frame = 0;
8374
8375} ## end BEGIN
8376
8377BEGIN { $^W = $ini_warn; }    # Switch warnings back
8378
8379=head1 READLINE SUPPORT - COMPLETION FUNCTION
8380
8381=head2 db_complete
8382
8383C<readline> support - adds command completion to basic C<readline>.
8384
8385Returns a list of possible completions to C<readline> when invoked. C<readline>
8386will print the longest common substring following the text already entered.
8387
8388If there is only a single possible completion, C<readline> will use it in full.
8389
8390This code uses C<map> and C<grep> heavily to create lists of possible
8391completion. Think LISP in this section.
8392
8393=cut
8394
8395sub db_complete {
8396
8397    # Specific code for b c l V m f O, &blah, $blah, @blah, %blah
8398    # $text is the text to be completed.
8399    # $line is the incoming line typed by the user.
8400    # $start is the start of the text to be completed in the incoming line.
8401    my ( $text, $line, $start ) = @_;
8402
8403    # Save the initial text.
8404    # The search pattern is current package, ::, extract the next qualifier
8405    # Prefix and pack are set to undef.
8406    my ( $itext, $search, $prefix, $pack ) =
8407      ( $text, "^\Q${'package'}::\E([^:]+)\$" );
8408
8409=head3 C<b postpone|compile>
8410
8411=over 4
8412
8413=item *
8414
8415Find all the subroutines that might match in this package
8416
8417=item *
8418
8419Add C<postpone>, C<load>, and C<compile> as possibles (we may be completing the keyword itself)
8420
8421=item *
8422
8423Include all the rest of the subs that are known
8424
8425=item *
8426
8427C<grep> out the ones that match the text we have so far
8428
8429=item *
8430
8431Return this as the list of possible completions
8432
8433=back
8434
8435=cut 
8436
8437    return sort grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8438      qw(postpone load compile),    # subroutines
8439      ( map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } keys %sub )
8440      if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[blc]\s+((postpone|compile)\s+)?$/;
8441
8442=head3 C<b load>
8443
8444Get all the possible files from C<@INC> as it currently stands and
8445select the ones that match the text so far.
8446
8447=cut
8448
8449    return sort grep /^\Q$text/, values %INC    # files
8450      if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*b\s+load\s+$/;
8451
8452=head3  C<V> (list variable) and C<m> (list modules)
8453
8454There are two entry points for these commands:
8455
8456=head4 Unqualified package names
8457
8458Get the top-level packages and grab everything that matches the text
8459so far. For each match, recursively complete the partial packages to
8460get all possible matching packages. Return this sorted list.
8461
8462=cut
8463
8464    return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8465      grep /^\Q$text/, map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($1) : () } keys %::    # top-packages
8466      if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ and $text =~ /^\w*$/;
8467
8468=head4 Qualified package names
8469
8470Take a partially-qualified package and find all subpackages for it
8471by getting all the subpackages for the package so far, matching all
8472the subpackages against the text, and discarding all of them which
8473start with 'main::'. Return this list.
8474
8475=cut
8476
8477    return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8478      grep !/^main::/, grep /^\Q$text/,
8479      map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ( $prefix . "::$1" ) : () } keys %{ $prefix . '::' }
8480      if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/
8481      and $text =~ /^(.*[^:])::?(\w*)$/
8482      and $prefix = $1;
8483
8484=head3 C<f> - switch files
8485
8486Here, we want to get a fully-qualified filename for the C<f> command.
8487Possibilities are:
8488
8489=over 4
8490
8491=item 1. The original source file itself
8492
8493=item 2. A file from C<@INC>
8494
8495=item 3. An C<eval> (the debugger gets a C<(eval N)> fake file for each C<eval>).
8496
8497=back
8498
8499=cut
8500
8501    if ( $line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/ ) {    # Loaded files
8502           # We might possibly want to switch to an eval (which has a "filename"
8503           # like '(eval 9)'), so we may need to clean up the completion text
8504           # before proceeding.
8505        $prefix = length($1) - length($text);
8506        $text   = $1;
8507
8508=pod
8509
8510Under the debugger, source files are represented as C<_E<lt>/fullpath/to/file>
8511(C<eval>s are C<_E<lt>(eval NNN)>) keys in C<%main::>. We pull all of these
8512out of C<%main::>, add the initial source file, and extract the ones that
8513match the completion text so far.
8514
8515=cut
8516
8517        return sort
8518          map { substr $_, 2 + $prefix } grep /^_<\Q$text/, ( keys %main:: ),
8519          $0;
8520    } ## end if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/)
8521
8522=head3 Subroutine name completion
8523
8524We look through all of the defined subs (the keys of C<%sub>) and
8525return both all the possible matches to the subroutine name plus
8526all the matches qualified to the current package.
8527
8528=cut
8529
8530    if ( ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) eq '&' ) {    # subroutines
8531        $text = substr $text, 1;
8532        $prefix = "&";
8533        return sort map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8534          (
8535            map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () }
8536              keys %sub
8537          );
8538    } ## end if ((substr $text, 0, ...
8539
8540=head3  Scalar, array, and hash completion: partially qualified package
8541
8542Much like the above, except we have to do a little more cleanup:
8543
8544=cut
8545
8546    if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/ ) {    # symbols in a package
8547
8548=pod
8549
8550=over 4
8551
8552=item *
8553
8554Determine the package that the symbol is in. Put it in C<::> (effectively C<main::>) if no package is specified.
8555
8556=cut
8557
8558        $pack = ( $1 eq 'main' ? '' : $1 ) . '::';
8559
8560=pod
8561
8562=item *
8563
8564Figure out the prefix vs. what needs completing.
8565
8566=cut
8567
8568        $prefix = ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) . $1 . '::';
8569        $text   = $2;
8570
8571=pod
8572
8573=item *
8574
8575Look through all the symbols in the package. C<grep> out all the possible hashes/arrays/scalars, and then C<grep> the possible matches out of those. C<map> the prefix onto all the possibilities.
8576
8577=cut
8578
8579        my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/,
8580          keys %$pack;
8581
8582=pod
8583
8584=item *
8585
8586If there's only one hit, and it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, re-complete it using the symbol we actually found.
8587
8588=cut
8589
8590        if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8591            return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8592        }
8593
8594        # Return the list of possibles.
8595        return sort @out;
8596
8597    } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/)
8598
8599=pod
8600
8601=back
8602
8603=head3 Symbol completion: current package or package C<main>.
8604
8605=cut
8606
8607    if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%]/ ) {    # symbols (in $package + packages in main)
8608=pod
8609
8610=over 4
8611
8612=item *
8613
8614If it's C<main>, delete main to just get C<::> leading.
8615
8616=cut
8617
8618        $pack = ( $package eq 'main' ? '' : $package ) . '::';
8619
8620=pod
8621
8622=item *
8623
8624We set the prefix to the item's sigil, and trim off the sigil to get the text to be completed.
8625
8626=cut
8627
8628        $prefix = substr $text, 0, 1;
8629        $text   = substr $text, 1;
8630
8631        my @out;
8632
8633=pod
8634
8635=item *
8636
8637We look for the lexical scope above DB::DB and auto-complete lexical variables
8638if PadWalker could be loaded.
8639
8640=cut
8641
8642        if (not $text =~ /::/ and eval "require PadWalker; 1" and not $@ ) {
8643            my $level = 1;
8644            while (1) {
8645                my @info = caller($level);
8646                $level++;
8647                $level = -1, last
8648                  if not @info;
8649                last if $info[3] eq 'DB::DB';
8650            }
8651            if ($level > 0) {
8652                my $lexicals = PadWalker::peek_my($level);
8653                push @out, grep /^\Q$prefix$text/, keys %$lexicals;
8654            }
8655        }
8656
8657=pod
8658
8659=item *
8660
8661If the package is C<::> (C<main>), create an empty list; if it's something else, create a list of all the packages known.  Append whichever list to a list of all the possible symbols in the current package. C<grep> out the matches to the text entered so far, then C<map> the prefix back onto the symbols.
8662
8663=cut
8664
8665        push @out, map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/,
8666          ( grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, keys %$pack ),
8667          ( $pack eq '::' ? () : ( grep /::$/, keys %:: ) );
8668
8669=item *
8670
8671If there's only one hit, it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, recomplete using this symbol.
8672
8673=back
8674
8675=cut
8676
8677        if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8678            return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8679        }
8680
8681        # Return the list of possibles.
8682        return sort @out;
8683    } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/)
8684
8685=head3 Options
8686
8687We use C<option_val()> to look up the current value of the option. If there's
8688only a single value, we complete the command in such a way that it is a
8689complete command for setting the option in question. If there are multiple
8690possible values, we generate a command consisting of the option plus a trailing
8691question mark, which, if executed, will list the current value of the option.
8692
8693=cut
8694
8695    if ( ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[oO]\b.*\s$/ )
8696    {    # Options after space
8697           # We look for the text to be matched in the list of possible options,
8698           # and fetch the current value.
8699        my @out = grep /^\Q$text/, @options;
8700        my $val = option_val( $out[0], undef );
8701
8702        # Set up a 'query option's value' command.
8703        my $out = '? ';
8704        if ( not defined $val or $val =~ /[\n\r]/ ) {
8705
8706            # There's really nothing else we can do.
8707        }
8708
8709        # We have a value. Create a proper option-setting command.
8710        elsif ( $val =~ /\s/ ) {
8711
8712            # XXX This may be an extraneous variable.
8713            my $found;
8714
8715            # We'll want to quote the string (because of the embedded
8716            # whtespace), but we want to make sure we don't end up with
8717            # mismatched quote characters. We try several possibilities.
8718            foreach $l ( split //, qq/\"\'\#\|/ ) {
8719
8720                # If we didn't find this quote character in the value,
8721                # quote it using this quote character.
8722                $out = "$l$val$l ", last if ( index $val, $l ) == -1;
8723            }
8724        } ## end elsif ($val =~ /\s/)
8725
8726        # Don't need any quotes.
8727        else {
8728            $out = "=$val ";
8729        }
8730
8731        # If there were multiple possible values, return '? ', which
8732        # makes the command into a query command. If there was just one,
8733        # have readline append that.
8734        $rl_attribs->{completer_terminator_character} =
8735          ( @out == 1 ? $out : '? ' );
8736
8737        # Return list of possibilities.
8738        return sort @out;
8739    } ## end if ((substr $line, 0, ...
8740
8741=head3 Filename completion
8742
8743For entering filenames. We simply call C<readline>'s C<filename_list()>
8744method with the completion text to get the possible completions.
8745
8746=cut
8747
8748    return $term->filename_list($text);    # filenames
8749
8750} ## end sub db_complete
8751
8752=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
8753
8754Functions that possibly ought to be somewhere else.
8755
8756=head2 end_report
8757
8758Say we're done.
8759
8760=cut
8761
8762sub end_report {
8763    local $\ = '';
8764    print $OUT "Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart.  `h q' for details.\n";
8765}
8766
8767=head2 clean_ENV
8768
8769If we have $ini_pids, save it in the environment; else remove it from the
8770environment. Used by the C<R> (restart) command.
8771
8772=cut
8773
8774sub clean_ENV {
8775    if ( defined($ini_pids) ) {
8776        $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids;
8777    }
8778    else {
8779        delete( $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} );
8780    }
8781} ## end sub clean_ENV
8782
8783# PERLDBf_... flag names from perl.h
8784our ( %DollarCaretP_flags, %DollarCaretP_flags_r );
8785
8786BEGIN {
8787    %DollarCaretP_flags = (
8788        PERLDBf_SUB       => 0x01,     # Debug sub enter/exit
8789        PERLDBf_LINE      => 0x02,     # Keep line #
8790        PERLDBf_NOOPT     => 0x04,     # Switch off optimizations
8791        PERLDBf_INTER     => 0x08,     # Preserve more data
8792        PERLDBf_SUBLINE   => 0x10,     # Keep subr source lines
8793        PERLDBf_SINGLE    => 0x20,     # Start with single-step on
8794        PERLDBf_NONAME    => 0x40,     # For _SUB: no name of the subr
8795        PERLDBf_GOTO      => 0x80,     # Report goto: call DB::goto
8796        PERLDBf_NAMEEVAL  => 0x100,    # Informative names for evals
8797        PERLDBf_NAMEANON  => 0x200,    # Informative names for anon subs
8798        PERLDBf_SAVESRC   => 0x400,    # Save source lines into @{"_<$filename"}
8799        PERLDB_ALL        => 0x33f,    # No _NONAME, _GOTO
8800    );
8801    # PERLDBf_LINE also enables the actions of PERLDBf_SAVESRC, so the debugger
8802    # doesn't need to set it. It's provided for the benefit of profilers and
8803    # other code analysers.
8804
8805    %DollarCaretP_flags_r = reverse %DollarCaretP_flags;
8806}
8807
8808sub parse_DollarCaretP_flags {
8809    my $flags = shift;
8810    $flags =~ s/^\s+//;
8811    $flags =~ s/\s+$//;
8812    my $acu = 0;
8813    foreach my $f ( split /\s*\|\s*/, $flags ) {
8814        my $value;
8815        if ( $f =~ /^0x([[:xdigit:]]+)$/ ) {
8816            $value = hex $1;
8817        }
8818        elsif ( $f =~ /^(\d+)$/ ) {
8819            $value = int $1;
8820        }
8821        elsif ( $f =~ /^DEFAULT$/i ) {
8822            $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDB_ALL};
8823        }
8824        else {
8825            $f =~ /^(?:PERLDBf_)?(.*)$/i;
8826            $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{ 'PERLDBf_' . uc($1) };
8827            unless ( defined $value ) {
8828                print $OUT (
8829                    "Unrecognized \$^P flag '$f'!\n",
8830                    "Acceptable flags are: "
8831                      . join( ', ', sort keys %DollarCaretP_flags ),
8832                    ", and hexadecimal and decimal numbers.\n"
8833                );
8834                return undef;
8835            }
8836        }
8837        $acu |= $value;
8838    }
8839    $acu;
8840}
8841
8842sub expand_DollarCaretP_flags {
8843    my $DollarCaretP = shift;
8844    my @bits         = (
8845        map {
8846            my $n = ( 1 << $_ );
8847            ( $DollarCaretP & $n )
8848              ? ( $DollarCaretP_flags_r{$n}
8849                  || sprintf( '0x%x', $n ) )
8850              : ()
8851          } 0 .. 31
8852    );
8853    return @bits ? join( '|', @bits ) : 0;
8854}
8855
8856=over 4
8857
8858=item rerun
8859
8860Rerun the current session to:
8861
8862    rerun        current position
8863
8864    rerun 4      command number 4
8865
8866    rerun -4     current command minus 4 (go back 4 steps)
8867
8868Whether this always makes sense, in the current context is unknowable, and is
8869in part left as a useful exersize for the reader.  This sub returns the
8870appropriate arguments to rerun the current session.
8871
8872=cut
8873
8874sub rerun {
8875    my $i = shift;
8876    my @args;
8877    pop(@truehist);                      # strim
8878    unless (defined $truehist[$i]) {
8879        print "Unable to return to non-existent command: $i\n";
8880    } else {
8881        $#truehist = ($i < 0 ? $#truehist + $i : $i > 0 ? $i : $#truehist);
8882        my @temp = @truehist;            # store
8883        push(@DB::typeahead, @truehist); # saved
8884        @truehist = @hist = ();          # flush
8885        @args = &restart();              # setup
8886        &get_list("PERLDB_HIST");        # clean
8887        &set_list("PERLDB_HIST", @temp); # reset
8888    }
8889    return @args;
8890}
8891
8892=item restart
8893
8894Restarting the debugger is a complex operation that occurs in several phases.
8895First, we try to reconstruct the command line that was used to invoke Perl
8896and the debugger.
8897
8898=cut
8899
8900sub restart {
8901    # I may not be able to resurrect you, but here goes ...
8902    print $OUT
8903"Warning: some settings and command-line options may be lost!\n";
8904    my ( @script, @flags, $cl );
8905
8906    # If warn was on before, turn it on again.
8907    push @flags, '-w' if $ini_warn;
8908
8909    # Rebuild the -I flags that were on the initial
8910    # command line.
8911    for (@ini_INC) {
8912        push @flags, '-I', $_;
8913    }
8914
8915    # Turn on taint if it was on before.
8916    push @flags, '-T' if ${^TAINT};
8917
8918    # Arrange for setting the old INC:
8919    # Save the current @init_INC in the environment.
8920    set_list( "PERLDB_INC", @ini_INC );
8921
8922    # If this was a perl one-liner, go to the "file"
8923    # corresponding to the one-liner read all the lines
8924    # out of it (except for the first one, which is going
8925    # to be added back on again when 'perl -d' runs: that's
8926    # the 'require perl5db.pl;' line), and add them back on
8927    # to the command line to be executed.
8928    if ( $0 eq '-e' ) {
8929        for ( 1 .. $#{'::_<-e'} ) {  # The first line is PERL5DB
8930            chomp( $cl = ${'::_<-e'}[$_] );
8931            push @script, '-e', $cl;
8932        }
8933    } ## end if ($0 eq '-e')
8934
8935    # Otherwise we just reuse the original name we had
8936    # before.
8937    else {
8938        @script = $0;
8939    }
8940
8941=pod
8942
8943After the command line  has been reconstructed, the next step is to save
8944the debugger's status in environment variables. The C<DB::set_list> routine
8945is used to save aggregate variables (both hashes and arrays); scalars are
8946just popped into environment variables directly.
8947
8948=cut
8949
8950    # If the terminal supported history, grab it and
8951    # save that in the environment.
8952    set_list( "PERLDB_HIST",
8953          $term->Features->{getHistory}
8954        ? $term->GetHistory
8955        : @hist );
8956
8957    # Find all the files that were visited during this
8958    # session (i.e., the debugger had magic hashes
8959    # corresponding to them) and stick them in the environment.
8960    my @had_breakpoints = keys %had_breakpoints;
8961    set_list( "PERLDB_VISITED", @had_breakpoints );
8962
8963    # Save the debugger options we chose.
8964    set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", %option );
8965    # set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", options2remember() );
8966
8967    # Save the break-on-loads.
8968    set_list( "PERLDB_ON_LOAD", %break_on_load );
8969
8970=pod
8971
8972The most complex part of this is the saving of all of the breakpoints. They
8973can live in an awful lot of places, and we have to go through all of them,
8974find the breakpoints, and then save them in the appropriate environment
8975variable via C<DB::set_list>.
8976
8977=cut
8978
8979    # Go through all the breakpoints and make sure they're
8980    # still valid.
8981    my @hard;
8982    for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
8983
8984        # We were in this file.
8985        my $file = $had_breakpoints[$_];
8986
8987        # Grab that file's magic line hash.
8988        *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
8989
8990        # Skip out if it doesn't exist, or if the breakpoint
8991        # is in a postponed file (we'll do postponed ones
8992        # later).
8993        next unless %dbline or $postponed_file{$file};
8994
8995        # In an eval. This is a little harder, so we'll
8996        # do more processing on that below.
8997        ( push @hard, $file ), next
8998          if $file =~ /^\(\w*eval/;
8999
9000        # XXX I have no idea what this is doing. Yet.
9001        my @add;
9002        @add = %{ $postponed_file{$file} }
9003          if $postponed_file{$file};
9004
9005        # Save the list of all the breakpoints for this file.
9006        set_list( "PERLDB_FILE_$_", %dbline, @add );
9007    } ## end for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints)
9008
9009    # The breakpoint was inside an eval. This is a little
9010    # more difficult. XXX and I don't understand it.
9011    for (@hard) {
9012        # Get over to the eval in question.
9013        *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $_ };
9014        my ( $quoted, $sub, %subs, $line ) = quotemeta $_;
9015        for $sub ( keys %sub ) {
9016            next unless $sub{$sub} =~ /^$quoted:(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
9017            $subs{$sub} = [ $1, $2 ];
9018        }
9019        unless (%subs) {
9020            print $OUT
9021              "No subroutines in $_, ignoring breakpoints.\n";
9022            next;
9023        }
9024      LINES: for $line ( keys %dbline ) {
9025
9026            # One breakpoint per sub only:
9027            my ( $offset, $sub, $found );
9028          SUBS: for $sub ( keys %subs ) {
9029                if (
9030                    $subs{$sub}->[1] >=
9031                    $line    # Not after the subroutine
9032                    and (
9033                        not defined $offset    # Not caught
9034                        or $offset < 0
9035                    )
9036                  )
9037                {                              # or badly caught
9038                    $found  = $sub;
9039                    $offset = $line - $subs{$sub}->[0];
9040                    $offset = "+$offset", last SUBS
9041                      if $offset >= 0;
9042                } ## end if ($subs{$sub}->[1] >=...
9043            } ## end for $sub (keys %subs)
9044            if ( defined $offset ) {
9045                $postponed{$found} =
9046                  "break $offset if $dbline{$line}";
9047            }
9048            else {
9049                print $OUT
9050"Breakpoint in $_:$line ignored: after all the subroutines.\n";
9051            }
9052        } ## end for $line (keys %dbline)
9053    } ## end for (@hard)
9054
9055    # Save the other things that don't need to be
9056    # processed.
9057    set_list( "PERLDB_POSTPONE",  %postponed );
9058    set_list( "PERLDB_PRETYPE",   @$pretype );
9059    set_list( "PERLDB_PRE",       @$pre );
9060    set_list( "PERLDB_POST",      @$post );
9061    set_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
9062
9063    # We are oficially restarting.
9064    $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} = 1;
9065
9066    # We are junking all child debuggers.
9067    delete $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};    # Restore ini state
9068
9069    # Set this back to the initial pid.
9070    $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids if defined $ini_pids;
9071
9072=pod
9073
9074After all the debugger status has been saved, we take the command we built up
9075and then return it, so we can C<exec()> it. The debugger will spot the
9076C<PERLDB_RESTART> environment variable and realize it needs to reload its state
9077from the environment.
9078
9079=cut
9080
9081    # And run Perl again. Add the "-d" flag, all the
9082    # flags we built up, the script (whether a one-liner
9083    # or a file), add on the -emacs flag for a slave editor,
9084    # and then the old arguments.
9085
9086    return ($^X, '-d', @flags, @script, ($slave_editor ? '-emacs' : ()), @ARGS);
9087
9088};  # end restart
9089
9090=back
9091
9092=head1 END PROCESSING - THE C<END> BLOCK
9093
9094Come here at the very end of processing. We want to go into a
9095loop where we allow the user to enter commands and interact with the
9096debugger, but we don't want anything else to execute.
9097
9098First we set the C<$finished> variable, so that some commands that
9099shouldn't be run after the end of program quit working.
9100
9101We then figure out whether we're truly done (as in the user entered a C<q>
9102command, or we finished execution while running nonstop). If we aren't,
9103we set C<$single> to 1 (causing the debugger to get control again).
9104
9105We then call C<DB::fake::at_exit()>, which returns the C<Use 'q' to quit ...>
9106message and returns control to the debugger. Repeat.
9107
9108When the user finally enters a C<q> command, C<$fall_off_end> is set to
91091 and the C<END> block simply exits with C<$single> set to 0 (don't
9110break, run to completion.).
9111
9112=cut
9113
9114END {
9115    $finished = 1 if $inhibit_exit;    # So that some commands may be disabled.
9116    $fall_off_end = 1 unless $inhibit_exit;
9117
9118    # Do not stop in at_exit() and destructors on exit:
9119    if ($fall_off_end or $runnonstop) {
9120        &save_hist();
9121    } else {
9122        $DB::single = 1;
9123        DB::fake::at_exit();
9124    }
9125} ## end END
9126
9127=head1 PRE-5.8 COMMANDS
9128
9129Some of the commands changed function quite a bit in the 5.8 command
9130realignment, so much so that the old code had to be replaced completely.
9131Because we wanted to retain the option of being able to go back to the
9132former command set, we moved the old code off to this section.
9133
9134There's an awful lot of duplicated code here. We've duplicated the
9135comments to keep things clear.
9136
9137=head2 Null command
9138
9139Does nothing. Used to I<turn off> commands.
9140
9141=cut
9142
9143sub cmd_pre580_null {
9144
9145    # do nothing...
9146}
9147
9148=head2 Old C<a> command.
9149
9150This version added actions if you supplied them, and deleted them
9151if you didn't.
9152
9153=cut
9154
9155sub cmd_pre580_a {
9156    my $xcmd = shift;
9157    my $cmd  = shift;
9158
9159    # Argument supplied. Add the action.
9160    if ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9161
9162        # If the line isn't there, use the current line.
9163        $i = $1 || $line;
9164        $j = $2;
9165
9166        # If there is an action ...
9167        if ( length $j ) {
9168
9169            # ... but the line isn't breakable, skip it.
9170            if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
9171                print $OUT "Line $i may not have an action.\n";
9172            }
9173            else {
9174
9175                # ... and the line is breakable:
9176                # Mark that there's an action in this file.
9177                $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
9178
9179                # Delete any current action.
9180                $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9181
9182                # Add the new action, continuing the line as needed.
9183                $dbline{$i} .= "\0" . action($j);
9184            }
9185        } ## end if (length $j)
9186
9187        # No action supplied.
9188        else {
9189
9190            # Delete the action.
9191            $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9192
9193            # Mark as having no break or action if nothing's left.
9194            delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
9195        }
9196    } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/)
9197} ## end sub cmd_pre580_a
9198
9199=head2 Old C<b> command
9200
9201Add breakpoints.
9202
9203=cut
9204
9205sub cmd_pre580_b {
9206    my $xcmd   = shift;
9207    my $cmd    = shift;
9208    my $dbline = shift;
9209
9210    # Break on load.
9211    if ( $cmd =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
9212        my $file = $1;
9213        $file =~ s/\s+$//;
9214        &cmd_b_load($file);
9215    }
9216
9217    # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
9218    # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
9219    # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
9220    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9221
9222        # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
9223        my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
9224
9225        # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
9226        # if it was 'compile'.
9227        my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
9228
9229        # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
9230        $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
9231
9232        # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
9233        $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
9234          unless $subname =~ /::/;
9235
9236        # Add main if it starts with ::.
9237        $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
9238
9239        # Save the break type for this sub.
9240        $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
9241    } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ ...
9242
9243    # b <sub name> [<condition>]
9244    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9245        my $subname = $1;
9246        my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9247        &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
9248    }
9249
9250    # b <line> [<condition>].
9251    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9252        my $i = $1 || $dbline;
9253        my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9254        &cmd_b_line( $i, $cond );
9255    }
9256} ## end sub cmd_pre580_b
9257
9258=head2 Old C<D> command.
9259
9260Delete all breakpoints unconditionally.
9261
9262=cut
9263
9264sub cmd_pre580_D {
9265    my $xcmd = shift;
9266    my $cmd  = shift;
9267    if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9268        print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
9269
9270        # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
9271        # breakpoint in it.
9272        my $file;
9273        for $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
9274
9275            # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
9276            local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
9277
9278            my $max = $#dbline;
9279            my $was;
9280
9281            # For all lines in this file ...
9282            for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
9283
9284                # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
9285                if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
9286
9287                    # ... remove the breakpoint.
9288                    $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
9289                    if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
9290
9291                        # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
9292                        delete $dbline{$i};
9293                    }
9294                } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
9295            } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
9296
9297            # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
9298            # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
9299            # we should remove this file from the hash.
9300            if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
9301                delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
9302            }
9303        } ## end for $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
9304
9305        # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
9306        # haven't been loaded yet.
9307        undef %postponed;
9308        undef %postponed_file;
9309        undef %break_on_load;
9310    } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/)
9311} ## end sub cmd_pre580_D
9312
9313=head2 Old C<h> command
9314
9315Print help. Defaults to printing the long-form help; the 5.8 version
9316prints the summary by default.
9317
9318=cut
9319
9320sub cmd_pre580_h {
9321    my $xcmd = shift;
9322    my $cmd  = shift;
9323
9324    # Print the *right* help, long format.
9325    if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9326        print_help($pre580_help);
9327    }
9328
9329    # 'h h' - explicitly-requested summary.
9330    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
9331        print_help($pre580_summary);
9332    }
9333
9334    # Find and print a command's help.
9335    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/ ) {
9336        my $asked  = $1;                   # for proper errmsg
9337        my $qasked = quotemeta($asked);    # for searching
9338                                           # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
9339        if (
9340            $pre580_help =~ /^
9341                              <?           # Optional '<'
9342                              (?:[IB]<)    # Optional markup
9343                              $qasked      # The command name
9344                            /mx
9345          )
9346        {
9347
9348            while (
9349                $pre580_help =~ /^
9350                                  (             # The command help:
9351                                   <?           # Optional '<'
9352                                   (?:[IB]<)    # Optional markup
9353                                   $qasked      # The command name
9354                                   ([\s\S]*?)   # Lines starting with tabs
9355                                   \n           # Final newline
9356                                  )
9357                                  (?!\s)/mgx
9358              )    # Line not starting with space
9359                   # (Next command's help)
9360            {
9361                print_help($1);
9362            }
9363        } ## end if ($pre580_help =~ /^<?(?:[IB]<)$qasked/m)
9364
9365        # Help not found.
9366        else {
9367            print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
9368        }
9369    } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/)
9370} ## end sub cmd_pre580_h
9371
9372=head2 Old C<W> command
9373
9374C<W E<lt>exprE<gt>> adds a watch expression, C<W> deletes them all.
9375
9376=cut
9377
9378sub cmd_pre580_W {
9379    my $xcmd = shift;
9380    my $cmd  = shift;
9381
9382    # Delete all watch expressions.
9383    if ( $cmd =~ /^$/ ) {
9384
9385        # No watching is going on.
9386        $trace &= ~2;
9387
9388        # Kill all the watch expressions and values.
9389        @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
9390    }
9391
9392    # Add a watch expression.
9393    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(.*)/s ) {
9394
9395        # add it to the list to be watched.
9396        push @to_watch, $1;
9397
9398        # Get the current value of the expression.
9399        # Doesn't handle expressions returning list values!
9400        $evalarg = $1;
9401        my ($val) = &eval;
9402        $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
9403
9404        # Save it.
9405        push @old_watch, $val;
9406
9407        # We're watching stuff.
9408        $trace |= 2;
9409
9410    } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s)
9411} ## end sub cmd_pre580_W
9412
9413=head1 PRE-AND-POST-PROMPT COMMANDS AND ACTIONS
9414
9415The debugger used to have a bunch of nearly-identical code to handle
9416the pre-and-post-prompt action commands. C<cmd_pre590_prepost> and
9417C<cmd_prepost> unify all this into one set of code to handle the
9418appropriate actions.
9419
9420=head2 C<cmd_pre590_prepost>
9421
9422A small wrapper around C<cmd_prepost>; it makes sure that the default doesn't
9423do something destructive. In pre 5.8 debuggers, the default action was to
9424delete all the actions.
9425
9426=cut
9427
9428sub cmd_pre590_prepost {
9429    my $cmd    = shift;
9430    my $line   = shift || '*';
9431    my $dbline = shift;
9432
9433    return &cmd_prepost( $cmd, $line, $dbline );
9434} ## end sub cmd_pre590_prepost
9435
9436=head2 C<cmd_prepost>
9437
9438Actually does all the handling for C<E<lt>>, C<E<gt>>, C<{{>, C<{>, etc.
9439Since the lists of actions are all held in arrays that are pointed to by
9440references anyway, all we have to do is pick the right array reference and
9441then use generic code to all, delete, or list actions.
9442
9443=cut
9444
9445sub cmd_prepost {
9446    my $cmd = shift;
9447
9448    # No action supplied defaults to 'list'.
9449    my $line = shift || '?';
9450
9451    # Figure out what to put in the prompt.
9452    my $which = '';
9453
9454    # Make sure we have some array or another to address later.
9455    # This means that if ssome reason the tests fail, we won't be
9456    # trying to stash actions or delete them from the wrong place.
9457    my $aref = [];
9458
9459    # < - Perl code to run before prompt.
9460    if ( $cmd =~ /^\</o ) {
9461        $which = 'pre-perl';
9462        $aref  = $pre;
9463    }
9464
9465    # > - Perl code to run after prompt.
9466    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\>/o ) {
9467        $which = 'post-perl';
9468        $aref  = $post;
9469    }
9470
9471    # { - first check for properly-balanced braces.
9472    elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) {
9473        if ( $cmd =~ /^\{.*\}$/o && unbalanced( substr( $cmd, 1 ) ) ) {
9474            print $OUT
9475"$cmd is now a debugger command\nuse `;$cmd' if you mean Perl code\n";
9476        }
9477
9478        # Properly balanced. Pre-prompt debugger actions.
9479        else {
9480            $which = 'pre-debugger';
9481            $aref  = $pretype;
9482        }
9483    } ## end elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o )
9484
9485    # Did we find something that makes sense?
9486    unless ($which) {
9487        print $OUT "Confused by command: $cmd\n";
9488    }
9489
9490    # Yes.
9491    else {
9492
9493        # List actions.
9494        if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o ) {
9495            unless (@$aref) {
9496
9497                # Nothing there. Complain.
9498                print $OUT "No $which actions.\n";
9499            }
9500            else {
9501
9502                # List the actions in the selected list.
9503                print $OUT "$which commands:\n";
9504                foreach my $action (@$aref) {
9505                    print $OUT "\t$cmd -- $action\n";
9506                }
9507            } ## end else
9508        } ## end if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9509
9510        # Might be a delete.
9511        else {
9512            if ( length($cmd) == 1 ) {
9513                if ( $line =~ /^\s*\*\s*$/o ) {
9514
9515                    # It's a delete. Get rid of the old actions in the
9516                    # selected list..
9517                    @$aref = ();
9518                    print $OUT "All $cmd actions cleared.\n";
9519                }
9520                else {
9521
9522                    # Replace all the actions. (This is a <, >, or {).
9523                    @$aref = action($line);
9524                }
9525            } ## end if ( length($cmd) == 1)
9526            elsif ( length($cmd) == 2 ) {
9527
9528                # Add the action to the line. (This is a <<, >>, or {{).
9529                push @$aref, action($line);
9530            }
9531            else {
9532
9533                # <<<, >>>>, {{{{{{ ... something not a command.
9534                print $OUT
9535                  "Confused by strange length of $which command($cmd)...\n";
9536            }
9537        } ## end else [ if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9538    } ## end else
9539} ## end sub cmd_prepost
9540
9541=head1 C<DB::fake>
9542
9543Contains the C<at_exit> routine that the debugger uses to issue the
9544C<Debugged program terminated ...> message after the program completes. See
9545the C<END> block documentation for more details.
9546
9547=cut
9548
9549package DB::fake;
9550
9551sub at_exit {
9552    "Debugged program terminated.  Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart.";
9553}
9554
9555package DB;    # Do not trace this 1; below!
9556
95571;
9558
9559
9560